WO2024171841A1 - Coloring composition, film, optical filter, solid-state imaging element, image display device, and compound - Google Patents
Coloring composition, film, optical filter, solid-state imaging element, image display device, and compound Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- WO2024171841A1 WO2024171841A1 PCT/JP2024/003390 JP2024003390W WO2024171841A1 WO 2024171841 A1 WO2024171841 A1 WO 2024171841A1 JP 2024003390 W JP2024003390 W JP 2024003390W WO 2024171841 A1 WO2024171841 A1 WO 2024171841A1
- Authority
- WO
- WIPO (PCT)
- Prior art keywords
- group
- compound
- mass
- coloring composition
- compounds
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Ceased
Links
Classifications
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C09—DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
- C09B—ORGANIC DYES OR CLOSELY-RELATED COMPOUNDS FOR PRODUCING DYES, e.g. PIGMENTS; MORDANTS; LAKES
- C09B1/00—Dyes with anthracene nucleus not condensed with any other ring
- C09B1/16—Amino-anthraquinones
- C09B1/20—Preparation from starting materials already containing the anthracene nucleus
- C09B1/22—Dyes with unsubstituted amino groups
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C09—DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
- C09B—ORGANIC DYES OR CLOSELY-RELATED COMPOUNDS FOR PRODUCING DYES, e.g. PIGMENTS; MORDANTS; LAKES
- C09B25/00—Quinophthalones
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C09—DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
- C09B—ORGANIC DYES OR CLOSELY-RELATED COMPOUNDS FOR PRODUCING DYES, e.g. PIGMENTS; MORDANTS; LAKES
- C09B48/00—Quinacridones
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C09—DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
- C09B—ORGANIC DYES OR CLOSELY-RELATED COMPOUNDS FOR PRODUCING DYES, e.g. PIGMENTS; MORDANTS; LAKES
- C09B55/00—Azomethine dyes
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C09—DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
- C09B—ORGANIC DYES OR CLOSELY-RELATED COMPOUNDS FOR PRODUCING DYES, e.g. PIGMENTS; MORDANTS; LAKES
- C09B56/00—Azo dyes containing other chromophoric systems
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C09—DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
- C09B—ORGANIC DYES OR CLOSELY-RELATED COMPOUNDS FOR PRODUCING DYES, e.g. PIGMENTS; MORDANTS; LAKES
- C09B57/00—Other synthetic dyes of known constitution
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C09—DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
- C09B—ORGANIC DYES OR CLOSELY-RELATED COMPOUNDS FOR PRODUCING DYES, e.g. PIGMENTS; MORDANTS; LAKES
- C09B57/00—Other synthetic dyes of known constitution
- C09B57/04—Isoindoline dyes
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C09—DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
- C09B—ORGANIC DYES OR CLOSELY-RELATED COMPOUNDS FOR PRODUCING DYES, e.g. PIGMENTS; MORDANTS; LAKES
- C09B67/00—Influencing the physical, e.g. the dyeing or printing properties of dyestuffs without chemical reactions, e.g. by treating with solvents grinding or grinding assistants, coating of pigments or dyes; Process features in the making of dyestuff preparations; Dyestuff preparations of a special physical nature, e.g. tablets, films
- C09B67/0071—Process features in the making of dyestuff preparations; Dehydrating agents; Dispersing agents; Dustfree compositions
- C09B67/0084—Dispersions of dyes
Definitions
- the present invention relates to a coloring composition, a film, an optical filter, a solid-state imaging device, an image display device, and a compound.
- Color filters are used as key devices in displays and optical elements. Color filters usually have pixels of the three primary colors, red, green, and blue, and serve to separate transmitted light into the three primary colors.
- Patent Documents 1 and 2 describe coloring compositions for color filters that contain an isoindoline compound having a barbituric acid structure.
- the present invention provides the following:
- a coloring composition comprising a colorant, a resin, and a solvent,
- the colorant comprises a coloring composition comprising a compound represented by formula (1);
- L 1 represents a group represented by formula (L-1): A 1 and A 2 each independently represent a cyclic structure; B 1 and B 2 each independently represent O, S, or a group represented by formula (B-1);
- X L1 and X L2 each independently represent O or S;
- C 1 represents a fused ring structure or a 6- or more-membered monocyclic ring structure;
- R B1 and R B2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
- R B1 and R B2 may be bonded to form a ring.
- ⁇ 2> The colored composition according to ⁇ 1>, further comprising a photopolymerization initiator and a polymerizable compound.
- ⁇ 3> The colored composition according to ⁇ 1> or ⁇ 2>, in which X L1 and X L2 in the formula (L-1) are O.
- ⁇ 4> The colored composition according to ⁇ 1> or ⁇ 2>, wherein L 1 is a group represented by any one of formulas (L-1) to (L-5): ⁇ 5>
- ⁇ 6> The colored composition according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 5>, wherein the colorant further includes a green colorant or a red colorant.
- ⁇ 7> The colored composition according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 6>, which is for forming a color filter.
- ⁇ 8> A film obtained by using the colored composition according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 7>.
- ⁇ 9> A color filter having the film according to ⁇ 8>.
- ⁇ 10> A solid-state imaging device having the film according to ⁇ 8>.
- ⁇ 11> An image display device having the film according to ⁇ 8>.
- L 1 represents a group represented by formula (L-1): A 1 and A 2 each independently represent a cyclic structure; B 1 and B 2 each independently represent O, S, or a group represented by formula (B-1); In formula (L-1), X L1 and X L2 each independently represent O or S; C 1 represents a fused ring structure or a 6- or more-membered monocyclic ring structure; In formula (B-1), R B1 and R B2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent. R B1 and R B2 may be bonded to form a ring.
- the present invention can provide a coloring composition capable of forming a film with excellent heat resistance.
- the present invention can also provide a film, an optical filter, a solid-state imaging device, an image display device, and a compound.
- alkyl group encompasses not only alkyl groups that have no substituents (unsubstituted alkyl groups) but also alkyl groups that have substituents (substituted alkyl groups).
- exposure includes not only exposure using light but also drawing using particle beams such as electron beams and ion beams.
- Examples of light used for exposure include the bright line spectrum of a mercury lamp, far ultraviolet light represented by an excimer laser, extreme ultraviolet light (EUV light), X-rays, active rays or radiation such as electron beams.
- (meth)acrylate refers to both or either of acrylate and methacrylate
- (meth)acrylic refers to both or either of acrylic and methacrylic
- (meth)acryloyl refers to both or either of acryloyl and methacryloyl.
- Me represents a methyl group
- Et represents an ethyl group
- Bu represents a butyl group
- Ph represents a phenyl group.
- the weight average molecular weight and number average molecular weight are values calculated as polystyrene standards measured by GPC (gel permeation chromatography).
- the total solids content refers to the total mass of all components of the composition excluding the solvent.
- a pigment means a compound that is poorly soluble in a solvent.
- the term "process” refers not only to an independent process, but also to a process that cannot be clearly distinguished from other processes, as long as the process achieves its intended effect.
- the coloring composition of the present invention is a coloring composition containing a colorant, a resin, and a solvent,
- the colorant is characterized by containing a compound represented by formula (1).
- the compound represented by formula (1) has high planarity due to intramolecular hydrogen bonds, and is therefore presumed to easily form associations. For this reason, by using the coloring composition of the present invention, a film having excellent heat resistance can be formed. In addition, since the compound represented by formula (1) has high planarity due to intramolecular hydrogen bonds, it is presumed that associations are easily formed during film formation, which can lead to densification of the film and can also improve the moisture resistance of the resulting film. In addition, the compound represented by formula (1) has a high color value, and by using the colored composition of the present invention, a film having a high color value and excellent spectral characteristics can be formed.
- the colored composition of the present invention can be preferably used as a colored composition for optical filters.
- optical filters include color filters and infrared transmission filters. That is, the coloring composition of the present invention is preferably used as a coloring composition for color filters or infrared transmission filters, and more preferably used as a coloring composition for color filters. More specifically, it can be preferably used as a coloring composition for forming pixels of a color filter or a coloring composition for forming an infrared transmission filter, and more preferably used as a coloring composition for forming pixels of a color filter.
- the types of pixels in a color filter include red pixels, green pixels, blue pixels, magenta pixels, cyan pixels, yellow pixels, and the like, and are preferably red pixels, green pixels, or yellow pixels, more preferably red pixels or green pixels, and even more preferably red pixels.
- the coloring composition of the present invention contains a colorant.
- the colorant include a yellow colorant, an orange colorant, a red colorant, a green colorant, a purple colorant, and a blue colorant.
- the colorant may be a pigment or a dye.
- the pigment may be either an inorganic pigment or an organic pigment, but is preferably an organic pigment from the viewpoints of a wide range of color variations, ease of dispersion, safety, and the like.
- a pigment derivative may be used as the colorant.
- the colorant contained in the coloring composition of the present invention preferably contains at least one selected from the group consisting of a yellow colorant, a green colorant, and a red colorant, and more preferably contains at least a yellow colorant.
- the yellow colorant preferably contains a specific compound described below. It is also preferable that the colorant contains at least one selected from a green colorant and a red colorant, and a yellow colorant.
- the colorant contained in the coloring composition of the present invention preferably contains a pigment and a pigment derivative.
- the pigment derivative include compounds having a structure in which an acid group or a basic group is bonded to a colorant skeleton.
- the content of the pigment derivative is preferably 1 to 30 parts by mass, and more preferably 3 to 20 parts by mass, per 100 parts by mass of the pigment. Only one type of pigment derivative may be used, or two or more types may be used in combination.
- the average primary particle diameter of the pigment and pigment derivative is preferably 1 to 200 nm.
- the lower limit is preferably 5 nm or more, more preferably 10 nm or more.
- the upper limit is preferably 180 nm or less, more preferably 150 nm or less, and even more preferably 100 nm or less.
- the primary particle diameter of the pigment and pigment derivative can be determined from a photograph obtained by observing the primary particles of the pigment and pigment derivative with a transmission electron microscope. Specifically, the projected area of the primary particles of the pigment is determined, and the corresponding circle equivalent diameter is calculated as the primary particle diameter of the pigment.
- the average primary particle diameter in the present invention is the arithmetic mean value of the primary particle diameters of 400 primary particles of the pigment.
- the primary particles of the pigment refer to independent particles that are not aggregated. The same applies to the average primary particle diameter of the pigment derivative.
- the crystallite size of the pigment or pigment derivative determined from the half-width of a peak derived from any crystal plane in the X-ray diffraction spectrum when CuK ⁇ radiation is used as the X-ray source, is preferably 0.1 to 100 nm, more preferably 0.5 to 50 nm, even more preferably 1 to 30 nm, and particularly preferably 5 to 25 nm.
- the specific surface area of the pigment and pigment derivative is preferably 1 to 300 m 2 /g.
- the lower limit is preferably 10 m 2 /g or more, more preferably 30 m 2 /g or more.
- the upper limit is preferably 250 m 2 /g or less, more preferably 200 m 2 /g or less.
- the value of the specific surface area can be measured according to DIN 66131: determination of the specific surface area of solids by gas adsorption in accordance with the BET (Brunauer, Emmett and Teller) method.
- the colorant contained in the coloring composition of the present invention contains a compound represented by formula (1).
- the compound represented by formula (1) is also the compound of the present invention.
- the compound represented by (1) is also called a specific compound.
- A1 and A2 - A 1 and A 2 in formula (1) each independently represent a cyclic structure.
- the cyclic structure include an aliphatic hydrocarbon ring, an aromatic hydrocarbon ring, and a heterocycle, and it is preferably an aromatic hydrocarbon ring or a heterocycle, and more preferably an aromatic hydrocarbon ring.
- the cyclic structure may be a single ring or a condensed ring.
- cyclic structure represented by A 1 and A 2 include a benzene ring, a naphthalene ring, an anthracene ring, an azole ring, a furan ring, a thiol ring, a pyridine ring, a pyridazine ring, a pyrimidine ring, a pyrazine ring, a quinoline ring, an isoquinoline ring, and a quinoxaline ring, and it is preferably a benzene ring, a naphthalene ring, or a pyrazine ring.
- the cyclic structure represented by A1 and A2 may have a substituent.
- substituent T examples include the substituent T described below and a group represented by formula (R-1) described below.
- the substituent other than the group represented by formula (R-1) is preferably a halogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, a thioalkoxy group, or an alkylsulfonyl group.
- B1 and B2 - B1 and B2 in formula (1) each independently represent O, S, or a group represented by formula (B-1), preferably O or a group represented by formula (B-1), and more preferably a group represented by formula (B-1).
- R B1 and R B2 in formula (B-1) each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
- substituents include the substituent T described below and a group represented by formula (R-1) described below, and are preferably an alkyl group, an aryl group, a cyano group, an acyl group, an acyloxy group, or an acylamino group.
- R B1 or R B2 is preferably a cyano group, an acyl group, an acyloxy group, or an acylamino group, and it is more preferable that R B1 and R B2 are each independently a cyano group, an acyl group, an acyloxy group, or an acylamino group, because this improves intermolecular interaction.
- R B1 and R B2 may be bonded to form a ring.
- the ring formed may be a single ring or a condensed ring. Specific examples of the ring formed include a barbituric acid ring and an indandione ring.
- the ring formed may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include a substituent T described below and a group represented by formula (R-1) described below.
- the substituent other than the group represented by formula (R-1) is preferably a halogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, a thioalkoxy group, or an alkylsulfonyl group.
- X 1 L1 and X 1 L2 in formula (L-1) each independently represent O or S, and are preferably O since this can further improve the heat resistance of the resulting film.
- C1 in formula (L-1) represents a fused ring structure or a monocyclic structure having six or more members.
- the fused ring structure represented by C1 preferably contains 2 to 8 rings, and more preferably 2 to 6 rings.
- the ring structure represented by C1 is preferably a 6- to 8-membered monocyclic ring structure, and more preferably a 6-membered monocyclic ring structure.
- L1 in formula (L-1) is preferably a group represented by any one of formulas (L-1) to (L-5).
- substituent T examples include the following groups: a halogen atom (e.g., a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, an iodine atom), an alkyl group (preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms), an alkenyl group (preferably an alkenyl group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms), an alkynyl group (preferably an alkynyl group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms), an aryl group (preferably an aryl group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms), a heteroaryl group (preferably a heteroaryl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms), an amino group (preferably an amino group having 0 to 30 carbon atoms), an alkoxy group (preferably an alkoxy group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms), an aryloxy group (preferably an aryloxy group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms), a heteroaryloxy group (preferably a heteroaryloxy group (preferably a heteroaryloxy group (preferably
- a aryl group preferably an aryloxycarbonyl group having 7 to 30 carbon atoms
- a heteroaryloxycarbonyl group preferably a heteroaryloxycarbonyl group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms
- an acyloxy group preferably an acyloxy group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms
- an acylamino group preferably an acylamino group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms
- an aminocarbonylamino group preferably an aminocarbonylamino group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms
- an alkoxycarbonylamino group preferably an alkoxycarbonylamino group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms
- an aryloxycarbonylamino group preferably an aryloxycarbonylamino group having 7 to 30 carbon atoms
- a sulfamoyl group preferably a sulfamoyl group having 0 to 30 carbon atoms
- a sulfamoylamino group preferably
- L R1 represents a single bond or an (n+1)-valent linking group
- Y R1 represents an acid group or a basic group
- n represents an integer of 1 to 4, and n is 1 when L 3 R1 is a single bond.
- L 1 R1 represents a single bond or a linking group having a valence of n+1.
- L 1 R1 is preferably a linking group having a valence of n+1.
- n+1-valent linking group represented by L R1 examples include an aliphatic hydrocarbon group, an aromatic hydrocarbon group, a heterocyclic group, -O-, -S-, -CO-, -COO-, -OCO-, -SO 2 -, -NR L10 -, -N ⁇ , -NR L10 CO-, -CONR L10 -, -NR L10 SO 2 -, -SO 2 NR L10 -, and groups consisting of combinations thereof.
- R L10 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, or an aryl group.
- the aliphatic hydrocarbon group may be a saturated aliphatic hydrocarbon group or an unsaturated aliphatic hydrocarbon group.
- the aliphatic hydrocarbon group may be linear, branched, or cyclic.
- the number of carbon atoms in the aliphatic hydrocarbon group is preferably 1 to 30, more preferably 1 to 20, even more preferably 1 to 10, and particularly preferably 1 to 5.
- the aromatic hydrocarbon group preferably has 6 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 12 carbon atoms, and even more preferably 6 carbon atoms.
- the heterocyclic group is preferably a single ring or a condensed ring having 2 to 4 condensed rings. The number of heteroatoms constituting the ring of the heterocyclic group is preferably 1 to 3.
- the heteroatoms constituting the ring of the heterocyclic group are preferably nitrogen atoms, oxygen atoms, or sulfur atoms.
- the number of carbon atoms constituting the ring of the heterocyclic group is preferably 3 to 30, more preferably 3 to 18, and more preferably 3 to 12.
- the aliphatic hydrocarbon group, aromatic hydrocarbon group and heterocyclic group may have a substituent, such as an alkyl group or an aryl group.
- Y 1 R1 represents an acid group or a basic group.
- the acid group represented by Y 1 R1 include a carboxy group, a sulfo group, a phosphate group, a boronic acid group, an imidic acid group, and salts thereof.
- the atom or atomic group constituting the salt include an alkali metal ion (Li + , Na + , K + , etc.), an alkaline earth metal ion (Ca 2+ , Mg 2+ , etc.), an ammonium ion, an imidazolium ion, a pyridinium ion, and a phosphonium ion.
- R X1 to R X4 each independently represent an alkyl group or an aryl group.
- the alkyl group and aryl group represented by R X1 to R X4 may have a substituent.
- the substituent is preferably a halogen atom, more preferably a fluorine atom.
- R X1 to R X4 each independently represent an alkyl group containing a fluorine atom or an aryl group containing a fluorine atom, more preferably an alkyl group containing a fluorine atom.
- the number of carbon atoms in the alkyl group containing a fluorine atom is preferably 1 to 10, more preferably 1 to 5, and still more preferably 1 to 3.
- the number of carbon atoms in the aryl group containing a fluorine atom is preferably 6 to 20, more preferably 6 to 12, and still more preferably 6.
- Examples of the basic group represented by YR1 include an amino group, a pyridinyl group and its salt, an ammonium salt, and a phthalimidomethyl group.
- Examples of the atom or atomic group constituting the salt include a hydroxide ion, a halogen ion, a carboxylate ion, a sulfonate ion, and a phenoxide ion.
- Examples of the amino group include a group represented by -NRx11Rx12 and a cyclic amino group.
- R x11 and R x12 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group, and are preferably an alkyl group. That is, the amino group is preferably a dialkylamino group.
- the number of carbon atoms of the alkyl group is preferably 1 to 10, more preferably 1 to 5, and even more preferably 1 to 3.
- the alkyl group may be linear, branched, or cyclic, but is preferably linear or branched, and more preferably linear.
- the alkyl group may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include the above-mentioned substituent T.
- the number of carbon atoms of the aryl group is preferably 6 to 30, more preferably 6 to 20, and even more preferably 6 to 12.
- the aryl group may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include the above-mentioned substituent T.
- cyclic amino groups include pyrrolidine groups, piperidine groups, piperazine groups, and morpholine groups. These groups may further have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include the substituent T described above.
- n represents an integer from 1 to 4, preferably 1 or 2, and more preferably 1.
- the specific compound may be a pigment or a dye.
- the specific compound may also be a pigment derivative.
- the specific compound is a compound having a group represented by formula (R-1) as a substituent.
- the maximum absorption wavelength of the specific compound is preferably in the wavelength range of 350 to 600 nm, and more preferably in the wavelength range of 400 to 600 nm.
- the specific compound is preferably a yellow colorant.
- Specific examples of specific compounds include compounds (P-1) to (P-33) described in the Examples below.
- Compounds (P-1) to (P-27) are used as pigments.
- Compounds (P-28) to (P-33) can also be used as pigments, and can also be used as pigment derivatives.
- the colorant contained in the coloring composition of the present invention may further contain a colorant other than the specific compound described above (hereinafter, also referred to as other colorant).
- a colorant other than the specific compound described above hereinafter, also referred to as other colorant.
- other colorants include green colorants, red colorants, yellow colorants, purple colorants, blue colorants, and orange colorants.
- pigment derivatives may also be used as the other colorants.
- the other colorants preferably include at least one selected from a green colorant, a red colorant, a yellow colorant, and an orange colorant, more preferably include at least one selected from a green colorant, a red colorant, and a yellow colorant, and even more preferably include at least one selected from a green colorant and a red colorant.
- Red colorants include diketopyrrolopyrrole compounds, anthraquinone compounds, azo compounds, naphthol compounds, azomethine compounds, xanthene compounds, quinacridone compounds, perylene compounds, and thioindigo compounds, with diketopyrrolopyrrole compounds, anthraquinone compounds, and azo compounds being preferred, and diketopyrrolopyrrole compounds being more preferred.
- the red colorant is also preferably a pigment, and diketopyrrolopyrrole pigments are more preferred.
- red colorants include C.I. (Color Index) Pigment Red 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 9, 10, 14, 17, 22, 23, 31, 38, 41, 48:1, 48:2, 48:3, 48:4, 49, 49:1, 49:2, 52:1, 52:2, 53:1, 57:1, 60:1, 63:1, 66, 67, 81:1, 81:2, 81:3, 83, 88, 90, 105, 112, 119, 122, 123, 144, 146, 149,
- red pigments include 150, 155, 166, 168, 169, 170, 171, 172, 175, 176, 177, 178, 179, 184, 185, 187, 188, 190, 200, 202, 206, 207, 208, 209, 210, 216, 220, 224, 226, 242, 246, 254, 255, 264, 269, 270, 272, 279, 291, 294, 295, 296, and 297.
- red colorant a compound described in paragraph 0034 of International Publication No. 2022/085485 and a brominated diketopyrrolopyrrole compound described in JP-A-2020-085947 can also be used.
- C.I. Pigment Red 122, 177, 224, 254, 255, 264, 269, and 272 are preferred, C.I. Pigment Red 254, 264, and 272 are more preferred, and C.I. Pigment Red 254 and 264 are even more preferred.
- Green colorants include phthalocyanine compounds and squarylium compounds, with phthalocyanine compounds being preferred because they are more likely to form a film with excellent heat diffusion resistance.
- the green colorant is preferably a pigment, and more preferably a phthalocyanine pigment.
- green colorants include green pigments such as C.I. Pigment Green 7, 10, 36, 37, 58, 59, 62, 63, 64, 65, and 66.
- halogenated zinc phthalocyanine pigments having an average of 10 to 14 halogen atoms, an average of 8 to 12 bromine atoms, and an average of 2 to 5 chlorine atoms in one molecule can also be used as green colorants.
- Specific examples include the compounds described in WO 2015/118720.
- compounds described in paragraph 0029 of WO 2022/085485, aluminum phthalocyanine compounds described in JP 2020-070426 A, and diarylmethane compounds described in JP 2020-504758 A can also be used as green colorants.
- Preferred green colorants are C.I. Pigment Green 7, 36, 58, 62, and 63.
- Orange colorants include diketopyrrolopyrrole compounds and azo compounds, and are preferably diketopyrrolopyrrole compounds.
- the orange colorant is preferably a pigment.
- Specific examples of orange colorants include orange pigments such as C.I. Pigment Orange 2, 5, 13, 16, 17:1, 31, 34, 36, 38, 43, 46, 48, 49, 51, 52, 55, 59, 60, 61, 62, 64, 71, and 73.
- Yellow colorants include azo compounds, azomethine compounds, isoindoline compounds, pteridine compounds, quinophthalone compounds, and perylene compounds.
- the yellow colorant is preferably a pigment.
- Specific examples of yellow colorants include C.I. Pigment Yellow 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 20, 24, 31, 32, 34, 35, 35:1, 36, 36:1, 37, 37:1, 40, 42, 43, 53, 55, 60, 61, 62, 63, 65, 73, 74, 77, 81, 83, 86, 93, 94, 95, 97, 98, 100, 101, 104, 106, 108, 109, 110, 113, 114, 115, 116, 117, 118, 119, 120, 123, 125 , 126, 127, 128, 129, 137, 138, 139, 147, 148, 150, 151, 152, 153, 154, 155,
- an azobarbituric acid nickel complex having the following structure can also be used.
- the compounds described in paragraphs 0031 to 0033 of WO 2022/085485, the methine dyes described in JP 2019-073695 A, and the methine dyes described in JP 2019-073696 A can be used.
- purple colorants examples include dioxazine compounds, quinacridone compounds, perylene compounds, and thioindigo compounds.
- the purple colorant is preferably a pigment.
- Specific examples of purple colorants include purple pigments such as C.I. Pigment Violet 1, 19, 23, 27, 32, 37, 42, 60, and 61.
- blue colorants examples include phthalocyanine compounds and squarylium compounds, and phthalocyanine compounds are preferred.
- the blue colorant is preferably a pigment.
- Specific examples of blue colorants include blue pigments such as C.I. Pigment Blue 1, 2, 15, 15:1, 15:2, 15:3, 15:4, 15:6, 16, 22, 29, 60, 64, 66, 79, 80, 87, and 88.
- Aluminum phthalocyanine compounds having phosphorus atoms can also be used as blue colorants. Specific examples include the compounds described in paragraphs 0022 to 0030 of JP-A No. 2012-247591 and paragraph 0047 of JP-A No. 2011-157478.
- Dyes can also be used as other colorants.
- any known dyes can be used. Examples include pyrazole azo dyes, anilino azo dyes, triarylmethane dyes, anthraquinone dyes, anthrapyridone dyes, benzylidene dyes, oxonol dyes, pyrazolotriazole azo dyes, pyridone azo dyes, cyanine dyes, phenothiazine dyes, pyrrolopyrazole azomethine dyes, xanthene dyes, phthalocyanine dyes, benzopyran dyes, indigo dyes, and pyrromethene dyes.
- a dye polymer can also be used as the other colorant.
- the dye polymer is preferably a dye dissolved in a solvent before use.
- the dye polymer may form particles. When the dye polymer is in the form of particles, it is usually used in a state of being dispersed in a solvent.
- the dye polymer in a particle state can be obtained, for example, by emulsion polymerization, and examples of the compound and manufacturing method described in JP-A-2015-214682 include the compound and manufacturing method described therein.
- the dye polymer has two or more dye structures in one molecule, and preferably has three or more dye structures. There is no particular limit to the upper limit, but it can be 100 or less.
- the multiple dye structures in one molecule may be the same dye structure or different dye structures.
- the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the dye polymer is preferably 2,000 to 50,000.
- the lower limit is more preferably 3,000 or more, and even more preferably 6,000 or more.
- the upper limit is more preferably 30,000 or less, and even more preferably 20,000 or less.
- the dye multimer may be a compound described in JP2011-213925A, JP2013-041097A, JP2015-028144A, JP2015-030742A, WO2016/031442, etc.
- colorants include triarylmethane dye polymers described in Korean Patent Publication No. 10-2020-0028160, xanthene compounds described in JP 2020-117638 A, phthalocyanine compounds described in WO 2020/174991, isoindoline compounds or salts thereof described in JP 2020-160279 A, compounds represented by formula 1 described in Korean Patent Publication No. 10-2020-0069442, compounds represented by formula 1 described in Korean Patent Publication No. 10-2020-0069730, and compounds represented by formula 1 described in Korean Patent Publication No. 10-2020-0069070.
- 10-2020-0069062 halogenated zinc phthalocyanine pigments described in Japanese Patent No. 6809649, isoindoline compounds described in JP-A-2020-180176, phenothiazine compounds described in JP-A-2021-187913, halogenated zinc phthalocyanines described in WO 2022/004261, and halogenated zinc phthalocyanines described in WO 2021/250883 can be used.
- the other colorant may be a rotaxane, and the dye skeleton may be used in the cyclic structure of the rotaxane, may be used in the rod-shaped structure, or may be used in both structures.
- Other colorants include quinophthalone compounds represented by formula 1 in Korean Patent Publication No.
- 10-2020-0030759 polymer dyes described in Korean Patent Publication No. 10-2020-0061793, colorants described in JP-A-2022-029701, isoindoline compounds described in WO 2022/014635, aluminum phthalocyanine compounds described in WO 2022/024926, compounds described in JP-A-2022-045895, compounds described in WO 2022/050051, compounds described in JP-A-2020-090676, compounds described in JP-A-2020-055956, compounds described in JP-A-2021-031681, compounds described in JP-A-2022-056354, and compounds described in U.S. Patent Application Publication No.
- the coloring composition of the present invention contains a green colorant, it is preferably used as a coloring composition for forming green pixels of a color filter.
- the coloring composition of the present invention contains a red colorant, it is preferably used as a coloring composition for forming red pixels of a color filter.
- the colorant contained in the coloring composition may contain two or more chromatic colorants, and may form a black color by combining two or more chromatic colorants.
- a coloring composition is preferably used as a coloring composition for forming an infrared transmission filter.
- Examples of the combination of chromatic colorants when forming a black color by combining two or more chromatic colorants include the following. (1) An embodiment containing a red colorant, a blue colorant, and a yellow colorant. (2) An embodiment containing a red colorant, a blue colorant, a yellow colorant, and a purple colorant. (3) An embodiment containing a red colorant, a blue colorant, a yellow colorant, a purple colorant, and a green colorant. (4) An embodiment containing a red colorant, a blue colorant, a yellow colorant, and a green colorant. (5) An embodiment containing a yellow colorant and a purple colorant.
- pigment derivatives include compounds that have at least one structure selected from the group consisting of a dye structure and a triazine structure, and an acid group or a basic group.
- the above dye structures include a quinoline dye structure, a benzimidazolone dye structure, a benzisoindole dye structure, a benzothiazole dye structure, an iminium dye structure, a squarylium dye structure, a croconium dye structure, an oxonol dye structure, a pyrrolopyrrole dye structure, a diketopyrrolopyrrole dye structure, an azo dye structure, an azomethine dye structure, a phthalocyanine dye structure, a naphthalocyanine dye structure, an anthraquinone dye structure, a quinacridone dye structure, a dioxazine dye structure, a perinone dye structure, a perylene dye structure, a thiazineindigo dye structure, a thioindigo dye structure, an isoindoline dye structure, an isoindolinone dye structure, a quinophthalone dye structure, a dithiol dye structure
- Examples of the acid group possessed by the pigment derivative include a carboxy group, a sulfo group, a phosphate group, a boronic acid group, an imide acid group, and salts thereof.
- Examples of the atom or atomic group constituting the salt include an alkali metal ion (Li + , Na + , K + , etc.), an alkaline earth metal ion (Ca 2+ , Mg 2+ , etc.), an ammonium ion, an imidazolium ion, a pyridinium ion, and a phosphonium ion.
- Examples of the imide acid group include -SO 2 NHSO 2 R X1 , -CONHSO 2 R X2 , -CONHCOR X3 , and -SO 2 NHCOR X4 , and -SO 2 NHSO 2 R X1 , -CONHSO 2 R X2 , and -SO 2 NHCOR X4 are more preferable, and -SO 2 NHSO 2 R X1 or -CONHSO 2 R X2 are even more preferable.
- R X1 to R X4 each independently represent an alkyl group or an aryl group.
- the alkyl group and aryl group represented by R X1 to R X4 may have a substituent.
- the substituent is preferably a halogen atom, more preferably a fluorine atom.
- R X1 to R X4 each independently represent an alkyl group containing a fluorine atom or an aryl group containing a fluorine atom, more preferably an alkyl group containing a fluorine atom.
- the number of carbon atoms of the alkyl group containing a fluorine atom is preferably 1 to 10, more preferably 1 to 5, and even more preferably 1 to 3.
- the number of carbon atoms of the aryl group containing a fluorine atom is preferably 6 to 20, more preferably 6 to 12, and even more preferably 6.
- Basic groups contained in pigment derivatives include amino groups, pyridinyl groups and their salts, salts of ammonium groups, and phthalimidomethyl groups.
- Atoms or atomic groups that constitute the salts include hydroxide ions, halogen ions, carboxylate ions, sulfonate ions, and phenoxide ions.
- amino group examples include a group represented by --NR.sub.x11R.sub.x12 and a cyclic amino group.
- R x11 and R x12 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group, and are preferably an alkyl group. That is, the amino group is preferably a dialkylamino group.
- the number of carbon atoms of the alkyl group is preferably 1 to 10, more preferably 1 to 5, and even more preferably 1 to 3.
- the alkyl group may be linear, branched, or cyclic, but is preferably linear or branched, and more preferably linear.
- the alkyl group may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include the above-mentioned substituent T.
- the number of carbon atoms of the aryl group is preferably 6 to 30, more preferably 6 to 20, and even more preferably 6 to 12.
- the aryl group may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include the above-mentioned substituent T.
- Cyclic amino groups include pyrrolidine groups, piperidine groups, piperazine groups, and morpholine groups. These groups may further have a substituent.
- the pigment derivative may be a pigment derivative having excellent visible transparency (hereinafter, also referred to as a transparent pigment derivative).
- the maximum molar absorption coefficient ( ⁇ max) of the transparent pigment derivative in the wavelength region of 400 to 700 nm is preferably 3000 L ⁇ mol -1 ⁇ cm -1 or less, more preferably 1000 L ⁇ mol -1 ⁇ cm -1 or less, and even more preferably 100 L ⁇ mol-1 ⁇ cm -1 or less.
- the lower limit of ⁇ max is, for example, 1 L ⁇ mol - 1 ⁇ cm -1 or more, and may be 10 L ⁇ mol -1 ⁇ cm -1 or more.
- pigment derivatives include the compounds described in the Examples below, the compounds described in paragraph 0124 of WO 2022/085485, the benzimidazolone compounds or salts thereof described in JP 2018-168244 A, and the compounds having an isoindoline skeleton described in general formula (1) of Japanese Patent No. 6996282.
- the content of the colorant in the total solid content of the coloring composition is preferably 40% by mass or more, more preferably 50% by mass or more, and even more preferably 55% by mass or more.
- the upper limit is preferably 80% by mass or less, more preferably 75% by mass or less, even more preferably 70% by mass or less, and even more preferably 65% by mass or less.
- the content of the pigment in the colorant is preferably 20 to 100% by mass, more preferably 50 to 100% by mass, and even more preferably 70 to 100% by mass.
- the total content of the pigment and pigment derivative in the colorant is preferably 25 to 100% by mass, more preferably 55 to 100% by mass, and even more preferably 75 to 100% by mass.
- the content of the specific compound in the colorant is preferably 5% by mass or more, more preferably 10% by mass or more, and even more preferably 15% by mass or more.
- the upper limit can be 100% by mass, or can be 95% by mass or less, or can be 90% by mass or less.
- the content of the specific compound is preferably 5 to 60 parts by mass per 100 parts by mass of the green colorant.
- the lower limit is preferably 10 parts by mass or more, and more preferably 15 parts by mass or more.
- the upper limit is preferably 50 parts by mass or less, and more preferably 40 parts by mass or less.
- the content of the red colorant i.e., the content of the specific compound
- the content of the red colorant is preferably 5 to 50 parts by mass per 100 parts by mass of the red colorant.
- the lower limit is preferably 10 parts by mass or more, and more preferably 15 parts by mass or more.
- the upper limit is preferably 40 parts by mass or less, and more preferably 30 parts by mass or less.
- the coloring composition of the present invention is used as a coloring composition for forming green pixels of a color filter, it is preferable to use a colorant containing a yellow colorant and a green colorant.
- the specific compound is a yellow colorant.
- the content of the specific compound is preferably 5 to 60 parts by mass per 100 parts by mass of the green colorant.
- the lower limit is preferably 10 parts by mass or more, and more preferably 15 parts by mass or more.
- the upper limit is preferably 50 parts by mass or less, and more preferably 40 parts by mass or less.
- the coloring composition of the present invention is used as a coloring composition for forming red pixels of a color filter, it is preferable to use a colorant containing a yellow colorant and a red colorant.
- the specific compound is a yellow colorant.
- the content of the specific compound is preferably 5 to 50 parts by mass per 100 parts by mass of the red colorant.
- the lower limit is preferably 10 parts by mass or more, and more preferably 15 parts by mass or more.
- the upper limit is preferably 40 parts by mass or less, and more preferably 30 parts by mass or less.
- the content of the yellow colorant in the colorant is preferably 30% by mass or more, more preferably 40% by mass or more, and even more preferably 50% by mass or more.
- the specific compound is preferably a yellow colorant.
- the content of the specific compound in the yellow colorant is preferably 20% by mass or more, more preferably 25% by mass or more, and even more preferably 30% by mass or more.
- the upper limit can be 100% by mass, can be 95% by mass or less, or can be 90% by mass or less.
- the coloring composition of the present invention contains a resin.
- the resin is blended, for example, for dispersing pigments in the coloring composition or for use as a binder.
- a resin used mainly for dispersing pigments in the coloring composition is also called a dispersant.
- such uses of the resin are merely examples, and the resin can also be used for purposes other than such uses.
- the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the resin is preferably 3,000 to 2,000,000.
- the upper limit is preferably 1,000,000 or less, and more preferably 500,000 or less.
- the lower limit is preferably 4,000 or more, and more preferably 5,000 or more.
- resins examples include (meth)acrylic resins, epoxy resins, (meth)acrylamide resins, ene-thiol resins, polycarbonate resins, polyether resins, polyarylate resins, polysulfone resins, polyethersulfone resins, polyphenylene resins, polyarylene ether phosphine oxide resins, polyimide resins, polyamideimide resins, polyolefin resins, cyclic olefin resins, polyester resins, styrene resins, and siloxane resins.
- the resin there are resins described in paragraphs 0091 to 0099 of WO 2022/065215, block polyisocyanate resins described in JP 2016-222891 A, resins described in JP 2020-122052 A, resins described in JP 2020-111656 A, resins described in JP 2020-139021 A, and structural units having a ring structure in the main chain and side chains described in JP 2017-138503 A and a structural unit having a biphenyl group, the resin described in paragraphs 0199 to 0233 of JP 2020-186373 A, the alkali-soluble resin described in JP 2020-186325 A, the resin represented by formula 1 described in Korean Patent Publication No. 10-2020-0078339 A, the copolymer containing an epoxy group and an acid group described in WO 2022/030445 A, and the compound described in JP 2018-135514 A can also be used.
- a resin having an acid group examples include a carboxy group, a phosphate group, a sulfo group, and a phenolic hydroxy group.
- the acid value of the resin having acid groups is preferably 30 to 500 mgKOH/g.
- the lower limit is more preferably 40 mgKOH/g or more, and particularly preferably 50 mgKOH/g or more.
- the upper limit is more preferably 400 mgKOH/g or less, even more preferably 300 mgKOH/g or less, and particularly preferably 200 mgKOH/g or less.
- the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the resin having acid groups is preferably 5,000 to 100,000, and more preferably 5,000 to 50,000.
- the number average molecular weight (Mn) of the resin having acid groups is preferably 1,000 to 20,000.
- the resin having an acid group preferably contains a repeating unit having an acid group on the side chain, and more preferably contains 5 to 70 mol% of the repeating units having an acid group on the side chain out of all the repeating units of the resin.
- the upper limit of the content of repeating units having an acid group on the side chain is preferably 50 mol% or less, and more preferably 30 mol% or less.
- the lower limit of the content of repeating units having an acid group on the side chain is preferably 10 mol% or more, and more preferably 20 mol% or more.
- the coloring composition of the present invention also preferably contains a resin having a basic group.
- the resin having a basic group is preferably a resin containing a repeating unit having a basic group in the side chain, more preferably a copolymer having a repeating unit having a basic group in the side chain and a repeating unit not having a basic group, and even more preferably a block copolymer having a repeating unit having a basic group in the side chain and a repeating unit not having a basic group.
- the resin having a basic group can also be used as a dispersant.
- the amine value of the resin having a basic group is preferably 5 to 300 mgKOH/g.
- the lower limit is preferably 10 mgKOH/g or more, and more preferably 20 mgKOH/g or more.
- the upper limit is preferably 200 mgKOH/g or less, and more preferably 100 mgKOH/g or less.
- resins with basic groups include DISPERBYK-161, 162, 163, 164, 166, 167, 168, 174, 182, 183, 184, 185, 2000, 2001, 2050, 2150, 2163, 2164, BYK-LPN6919 (all manufactured by BYK-Chemie), Solsperse 11200, 13240, 13650, 13940, 24 000, 26000, 28000, 32000, 32500, 32550, 32600, 33000, 34750, 35100, 35200, 37500, 38500, 39000, 53095, 56000, 7100 (all manufactured by Lubrizol Japan), Efka PX 4300, 4330, 4046, 4060, 4080 (all manufactured by BASF), and the like.
- the resin having a basic group may be a block copolymer (B) described in paragraphs 0063 to 0112 of JP 2014-219665 A, a block copolymer A1 described in paragraphs 0046 to 0076 of JP 2018-156021 A, or a vinyl resin having a basic group described in paragraphs 0150 to 0153 of JP 2019-184763 A, the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference.
- the coloring composition of the present invention contains both a resin having an acid group and a resin having a basic group. According to this embodiment, the storage stability of the coloring composition can be further improved.
- the content of the resin having a basic group is preferably 20 to 500 parts by mass, more preferably 30 to 300 parts by mass, and even more preferably 50 to 200 parts by mass, per 100 parts by mass of the resin having an acid group.
- a resin having an aromatic carboxy group As the resin, it is also preferable to use a resin having an aromatic carboxy group.
- the aromatic carboxy group may be included in the main chain of a repeating unit, or may be included in a side chain of the repeating unit. It is preferable that the aromatic carboxy group is included in the main chain of a repeating unit.
- an aromatic carboxy group refers to a group having a structure in which one or more carboxy groups are bonded to an aromatic ring.
- the number of carboxy groups bonded to an aromatic ring is preferably 1 to 4, and more preferably 1 to 2.
- resins having an aromatic carboxy group include the resins described in paragraphs 0082 to 0107 of WO 2021/166858.
- the coloring composition of the present invention preferably contains a resin as a dispersant.
- dispersants include acidic dispersants (acidic resins) and basic dispersants (basic resins).
- the acidic dispersant (acidic resin) refers to a resin in which the amount of acid groups is greater than the amount of basic groups.
- the acidic dispersant (acidic resin) is preferably a resin in which the amount of acid groups is 70 mol% or more when the total amount of the acid groups and the basic groups is 100 mol%.
- the acid group possessed by the acidic dispersant (acidic resin) is preferably a carboxy group.
- the acid value of the acidic dispersant (acidic resin) is preferably 10 to 105 mgKOH/g.
- the basic dispersant refers to a resin in which the amount of basic groups is greater than the amount of acid groups.
- the basic dispersant (basic resin) is preferably a resin in which the amount of basic groups is greater than the amount of acid groups when the total amount of the acid groups and the basic groups is 100 mol%.
- the basic group possessed by the basic dispersant is preferably an amino group.
- the resin used as the dispersant is a graft resin.
- graft resins please refer to the description in paragraphs 0025 to 0094 of JP 2012-255128 A, the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference.
- the resin used as the dispersant is a resin having an aromatic carboxy group.
- resins having an aromatic carboxy group include those mentioned above.
- the resin used as the dispersant is preferably a polyimine-based dispersant containing nitrogen atoms in at least one of the main chain and side chain.
- the polyimine-based dispersant is preferably a resin having a main chain with a partial structure having a functional group with a pKa of 14 or less, a side chain with 40 to 10,000 atoms, and having a basic nitrogen atom in at least one of the main chain and side chain.
- the basic nitrogen atom so long as it is a nitrogen atom that exhibits basicity.
- polyimine-based dispersants please refer to the description in paragraphs 0102 to 0166 of JP 2012-255128 A, the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference.
- the resin used as the dispersant is preferably one having a structure in which multiple polymer chains are bonded to a core portion.
- resins include dendrimers (including star-shaped polymers).
- dendrimers include polymer compounds C-1 to C-31 described in paragraphs 0196 to 0209 of JP2013-043962A.
- the resin used as the dispersant is also preferably a resin containing a repeating unit having an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group in the side chain.
- the content of the repeating unit having an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group in the side chain is preferably 10 mol % or more of the total repeating units of the resin, more preferably 10 to 80 mol %, and even more preferably 20 to 70 mol %.
- resins described in JP 2018-087939 A, block copolymers (EB-1) to (EB-9) described in paragraphs 0219 to 0221 of Japanese Patent No. 6,432,077 A, polyethyleneimine having a polyester side chain described in WO 2016/104803 A, block copolymers described in WO 2019/125940 A, block polymers having an acrylamide structural unit described in JP 2020-066687 A, block polymers having an acrylamide structural unit described in JP 2020-066688 A, dispersants described in WO 2016/104803 A, and the like can also be used.
- Dispersants are also available as commercially available products, and specific examples include the DISPERBYK series manufactured by BYK Chemie, the SOLSPERSE series manufactured by Lubrizol Nippon, the Efka series manufactured by BASF, and the AJISPER series manufactured by Ajinomoto Fine-Techno Co., Ltd.
- the products described in paragraph 0129 of JP 2012-137564 A and the products described in paragraph 0235 of JP 2017-194662 A can also be used as dispersants.
- the content of the resin in the total solid content of the coloring composition is preferably 1 to 60% by mass.
- the lower limit is preferably 5% by mass or more, more preferably 10% by mass or more, even more preferably 15% by mass or more, and particularly preferably 20% by mass or more.
- the upper limit is preferably 50% by mass or less, more preferably 40% by mass or less.
- the content of the resin having an acid group in the total solid content of the coloring composition is preferably 1 to 60% by mass.
- the lower limit is preferably 5% by mass or more, more preferably 10% by mass or more, even more preferably 15% by mass or more, and particularly preferably 20% by mass or more.
- the upper limit is preferably 50% by mass or less, more preferably 40% by mass or less.
- the content of the dispersant is preferably 10 to 100 parts by mass relative to 100 parts by mass of the pigment.
- the lower limit is preferably 15 parts by mass or more, and more preferably 20 parts by mass or more.
- the upper limit is preferably 80 parts by mass or less, and more preferably 60 parts by mass or less.
- the coloring composition of the present invention may contain only one type of resin, or may contain two or more types of resins. When two or more types of resins are contained, the total amount thereof is preferably within the above range.
- the coloring composition of the present invention contains a solvent.
- the solvent include organic solvents.
- the type of solvent is not particularly limited as long as the solubility of each component and the coatability of the composition are satisfied.
- the organic solvent include ester-based solvents, ketone-based solvents, alcohol-based solvents, amide-based solvents, ether-based solvents, and hydrocarbon-based solvents.
- ester-based solvents substituted with a cyclic alkyl group and ketone-based solvents substituted with a cyclic alkyl group can also be preferably used.
- organic solvents include polyethylene glycol monomethyl ether, dichloromethane, methyl 3-ethoxypropionate, ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate, ethyl cellosolve acetate, ethyl lactate, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, butyl acetate, methyl 3-methoxypropionate, 2-heptanone, 2-pentanone, 3-pentanone, 4-heptanone, cyclohexanone, 2-methylcyclohexanone, 3-methylcyclohexanone, 4-methylcyclohexanone, cycloheptanone, cyclooctanone, cyclohexyl acetate, cyclopentanone, ethyl carbitol acetate, butyl carbitol acetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol dimethyl ether, butyl acetate ...
- Examples of the ethylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate include 3-methoxy-N,N-dimethylpropanamide, 3-butoxy-N,N-dimethylpropanamide, propylene glycol diacetate, 3-methoxybutanol, methyl ethyl ketone, gamma butyrolactone, sulfolane, anisole, 1,4-diacetoxybutane, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, butane-1,3-diyl diacetate, dipropylene glycol methyl ether acetate, diacetone alcohol (also known as diacetone alcohol and 4-hydroxy-4-methyl-2-pentanone), 2-methoxypropyl acetate, 2-methoxy-1-propanol, and isopropyl alcohol.
- diacetone alcohol also known as diacetone alcohol and 4-hydroxy-4-methyl-2-pentanone
- 2-methoxypropyl acetate 2-methoxy-1-propanol,
- the amount of aromatic hydrocarbons (benzene, toluene, xylene, ethylbenzene, etc.) used as organic solvents for environmental reasons, etc. (for example, the amount can be 50 ppm (parts per million) by mass or less, 10 ppm by mass or less, or 1 ppm by mass or less, relative to the total amount of organic solvents).
- an organic solvent with a low metal content it is preferable to use an organic solvent with a low metal content.
- the metal content of the organic solvent is preferably, for example, 10 parts per billion (ppb) by mass or less. If necessary, an organic solvent with a mass ppt (parts per trillion) level may be used, and such an organic solvent is provided, for example, by Toyo Gosei Co., Ltd. (The Chemical Daily, November 13, 2015).
- Methods for removing impurities such as metals from organic solvents include, for example, distillation (molecular distillation, thin-film distillation, etc.) and filtration using a filter.
- the filter used for filtration preferably has a pore size of 10 ⁇ m or less, more preferably 5 ⁇ m or less, and even more preferably 3 ⁇ m or less.
- the filter material is preferably polytetrafluoroethylene, polyethylene, or nylon.
- the organic solvent may contain isomers (compounds with the same number of atoms but different structures).
- the organic solvent may contain only one type of isomer, or multiple types of isomers.
- the peroxide content in the organic solvent is preferably 0.8 mmol/L or less, and more preferably substantially free of peroxide.
- the content of the solvent in the coloring composition is preferably 10 to 95% by mass, more preferably 20 to 90% by mass, and even more preferably 30 to 90% by mass.
- the coloring composition of the present invention is substantially free of environmentally regulated substances.
- substantially free of environmentally regulated substances means that the content of environmentally regulated substances in the coloring composition is 50 ppm by mass or less, preferably 30 ppm by mass or less, more preferably 10 ppm by mass or less, and particularly preferably 1 ppm by mass or less.
- environmentally regulated substances include benzene; alkylbenzenes such as toluene and xylene; and halogenated benzenes such as chlorobenzene.
- distillation methods can be performed at any stage, such as the stage of the raw materials, the stage of the product obtained by reacting the raw materials (for example, a resin solution or a polyfunctional monomer solution after polymerization), or the stage of a colored composition prepared by mixing these compounds.
- the coloring composition of the present invention preferably contains a polymerizable compound.
- the polymerizable compound include compounds having an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group.
- the ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group include vinyl A group, a (meth)allyl group, a (meth)acryloyl group, etc.
- the polymerizable compound used in the present invention is preferably a radical polymerizable compound.
- the polymerizable compound may be in any chemical form, such as a monomer, prepolymer, or oligomer, but is preferably a monomer.
- the molecular weight of the polymerizable compound is preferably 100 to 3,000.
- the upper limit is more preferably 2,000 or less, and even more preferably 1,500 or less.
- the lower limit is more preferably 150 or more, and even more preferably 250 or more.
- the polymerizable compound is preferably a compound containing 3 or more ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing groups, more preferably a compound containing 3 to 15 ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing groups, and even more preferably a compound containing 3 to 6 ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing groups.
- the polymerizable compound is preferably a 3-15 functional (meth)acrylate compound, and more preferably a 3-6 functional (meth)acrylate compound.
- Specific examples of the polymerizable compound include the compounds described in paragraphs 0075 to 0083 of WO 2022/065215.
- Preferred polymerizable compounds include dipentaerythritol tri(meth)acrylate (commercially available product is KAYARAD D-330; manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), dipentaerythritol tetra(meth)acrylate (commercially available product is KAYARAD D-320; manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), dipentaerythritol penta(meth)acrylate (commercially available product is KAYARAD D-310; manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), dipentaerythritol hexa(meth)acrylate (commercially available products are KAYARAD DPHA; manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd., and NK Ester A-DPH-12E; manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.), and compounds in which the (meth)acryloyl groups are bonded via ethylene glycol and/or propylene glycol residues (e.g.,
- Examples of the polymerizable compound include diglycerol EO (ethylene oxide) modified (meth)acrylate (commercially available product is M-460; manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd.), pentaerythritol tetraacrylate (NK Ester A-TMMT, manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.), 1,6-hexanediol diacrylate (KAYARAD HDDA, manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), RP-1040 (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), and Aronix TO-2349 (manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd.).
- diglycerol EO ethylene oxide
- methacrylate commercially available product is M-460; manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd.
- NK Ester A-TMMT pentaerythritol tetraacrylate
- KAYARAD HDDA 1,6-hexanedio
- NK Oligo UA-7200 (Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.), DPHA-40H (Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), UA-306H, UA-306T, UA-306I, AH-600, T-600, AI-600, LINC-202UA (Kyoeisha Chemical Co., Ltd.), 8UH-1006, 8UH-1012 (all manufactured by Taisei Fine Chemical Co., Ltd.), Light Acrylate POB-A0 (Kyoeisha Chemical Co., Ltd.), etc. can also be used.
- the content of the polymerizable compound in the total solid content of the coloring composition is preferably 1 to 35% by mass.
- the upper limit is preferably 30% by mass or less, and more preferably 25% by mass or less.
- the lower limit is preferably 2% by mass or more, and more preferably 5% by mass or more.
- the coloring composition of the present invention may contain only one type of polymerizable compound, or may contain two or more types. When two or more types of polymerizable compounds are contained, it is preferable that the total amount thereof is within the above range.
- the coloring composition of the present invention may contain a photopolymerization initiator.
- the coloring composition of the present invention contains a polymerizable compound, it is preferable that the coloring composition of the present invention further contains a photopolymerization initiator.
- the photopolymerization initiator is not particularly limited and can be appropriately selected from known photopolymerization initiators. For example, a compound having photosensitivity to light rays in the ultraviolet range to the visible range is preferable.
- the photopolymerization initiator is preferably a photoradical polymerization initiator.
- Photopolymerization initiators include halogenated hydrocarbon derivatives (e.g., compounds having a triazine skeleton, compounds having an oxadiazole skeleton, etc.), acylphosphine compounds, hexaarylbiimidazole compounds, oxime compounds, organic peroxides, thio compounds, ketone compounds, aromatic onium salts, ⁇ -hydroxyketone compounds, ⁇ -aminoketone compounds, etc.
- halogenated hydrocarbon derivatives e.g., compounds having a triazine skeleton, compounds having an oxadiazole skeleton, etc.
- acylphosphine compounds e.g., acylphosphine compounds, hexaarylbiimidazole compounds, oxime compounds, organic peroxides, thio compounds, ketone compounds, aromatic onium salts, ⁇ -hydroxyketone compounds, ⁇ -aminoketone compounds, etc.
- the photopolymerization initiator is preferably a trihalomethyltriazine compound, a benzyl dimethyl ketal compound, an ⁇ -hydroxyketone compound, an ⁇ -aminoketone compound, an acylphosphine compound, a phosphine oxide compound, a metallocene compound, an oxime compound, a hexaarylbiimidazole compound, an onium compound, a benzothiazole compound, a benzophenone compound, an acetophenone compound, a cyclopentadiene-benzene-iron complex, a halomethyloxadiazole compound, or a 3-aryl substituted coumarin compound, more preferably a compound selected from an oxime compound, an ⁇ -hydroxyketone compound, an ⁇ -aminoketone compound, and an acylphosphine compound, and even more preferably an oxime compound.
- examples of the photopolymerization initiator include the compounds described in paragraphs 0065 to 0111 of JP 2014-130173 A, the compounds described in Japanese Patent No. 6301489 A, and the compounds described in MATERIAL STAGE 37 to 60p, vol. 19, No.
- hexaarylbiimidazole compounds include 2,2',4-tris(2-chlorophenyl)-5-(3,4-dimethoxyphenyl)-4,5-diphenyl-1,1'-biimidazole.
- ⁇ -hydroxyketone compounds include Omnirad 184, Omnirad 1173, Omnirad 2959, Omnirad 127 (all manufactured by IGM Resins B.V.), Irgacure 184, Irgacure 1173, Irgacure 2959, Irgacure 127 (all manufactured by BASF), etc.
- Commercially available ⁇ -aminoketone compounds include Omnirad 907, Omnirad 369, Omnirad 369E, Omnirad 379EG (all manufactured by IGM Resins B.V.), Irgacure 907, Irgacure 369, Irgacure 369E, Irgacure 379EG (all manufactured by BASF), etc.
- Commercially available acylphosphine compounds include Omnirad 819, Omnirad TPO (all manufactured by IGM Resins B.V.), Irgacure 819, Irgacure TPO (all manufactured by BASF), etc.
- Examples of oxime compounds include the compound described in paragraph 0142 of WO 2022/085485, the compound described in Japanese Patent No. 5,430,746, the compound described in Japanese Patent No. 5,647,738, the compound represented by general formula (1) and the compounds described in paragraphs 0022 to 0024 of JP 2021-173858 A, the compound represented by general formula (1) and the compounds described in paragraphs 0117 to 0120 of JP 2021-170089 A, and the like.
- oxime compound examples include 3-benzoyloxyiminobutan-2-one, 3-acetoxyiminobutan-2-one, 3-propionyloxyiminobutan-2-one, 2-acetoxyiminopentan-3-one, 2-acetoxyimino-1-phenylpropan-1-one, 2-benzoyloxyimino-1-phenylpropan-1-one, 3-(4-toluenesulfonyloxy)iminobutan-2-one, 2-ethoxycarbonyloxyimino-1-phenylpropan-1-one, 1-[4-(phenylthio)phenyl]-3-cyclohexyl-propane-1,2-dione-2-(O-acetyloxime), and the like.
- an oxime compound having a fluorene ring an oxime compound having a skeleton in which at least one benzene ring of a carbazole ring is replaced with a naphthalene ring, an oxime compound having a fluorine atom, an oxime compound having a nitro group, an oxime compound having a benzofuran skeleton, an oxime compound in which a substituent having a hydroxyl group is bonded to a carbazole skeleton, or a compound described in paragraphs 0143 to 0149 of WO 2022/085485 can also be used.
- oxime compounds that are preferably used in the present invention are shown below, but the present invention is not limited to these.
- the oxime compound is preferably a compound having a maximum absorption wavelength in the wavelength range of 350 to 500 nm, more preferably a compound having a maximum absorption wavelength in the wavelength range of 360 to 480 nm.
- the molar absorption coefficient of the oxime compound at a wavelength of 365 nm or 405 nm is preferably high, more preferably 1000 to 300,000, even more preferably 2000 to 300,000, and particularly preferably 5000 to 200,000.
- the molar absorption coefficient of the compound can be measured using a known method. For example, it is preferable to measure using a spectrophotometer (Varian Cary-5 spectrophotometer) at a concentration of 0.01 g/L using ethyl acetate as a solvent.
- a bifunctional or trifunctional or higher functional photoradical polymerization initiator may be used as the photopolymerization initiator.
- a photoradical polymerization initiator two or more radicals are generated from one molecule of the photoradical polymerization initiator, so good sensitivity can be obtained.
- crystallinity is reduced and solubility in solvents is improved, making it less likely to precipitate over time, and the stability over time of the coloring composition can be improved.
- Specific examples of bifunctional or trifunctional or higher functional photoradical polymerization initiators include the compounds described in paragraph 0148 of WO 2022/065215.
- the content of the photopolymerization initiator in the total solid content of the coloring composition is preferably 0.1 to 30% by mass.
- the lower limit is preferably 0.5% by mass or more, and more preferably 1% by mass or more.
- the upper limit is preferably 20% by mass or less, and more preferably 15% by mass or less.
- only one type of photopolymerization initiator may be used, or two or more types may be used. When two or more types are used, it is preferable that the total amount thereof is within the above range.
- the coloring composition of the present invention may further contain an infrared absorbing agent.
- an infrared transmission filter is formed using the coloring composition of the present invention, the wavelength of light transmitted through the film obtained by adding an infrared absorbing agent to the coloring composition can be shifted to a longer wavelength side.
- the infrared absorbing agent is preferably a compound having a maximum absorption wavelength on the longer wavelength side than a wavelength of 700 nm.
- the infrared absorbing agent is preferably a compound having a maximum absorption wavelength in the range of more than 700 nm and not more than 1800 nm.
- the ratio A 1 /A 2 between the absorbance A 1 at a wavelength of 500 nm of the infrared absorbing agent and the absorbance A 2 at the maximum absorption wavelength is preferably 0.08 or less, more preferably 0.04 or less.
- Infrared absorbents include pyrrolopyrrole compounds, cyanine compounds, squarylium compounds, phthalocyanine compounds, naphthalocyanine compounds, quaterrylene compounds, merocyanine compounds, croconium compounds, oxonol compounds, iminium compounds, dithiol compounds, triarylmethane compounds, pyrromethene compounds, azomethine compounds, anthraquinone compounds, dibenzofuranone compounds, dithiolene metal complexes, metal oxides, metal borides, and the like. Specific examples of these include the compounds described in paragraphs 0114 to 0121 of WO 2022/065215.
- the compounds described in paragraph 0121 of WO 2022/065215, squarylium compounds described in JP 2020-075959 A, and copper complexes described in Korean Patent Publication No. 10-2019-0135217 can also be used.
- the croconate compound described in JP 2021-195515 A, the infrared absorber described in JP 2022-022070 A, and the croconium compound described in WO 2019/021767 A can also be used.
- tungsten oxide represented by the following formula described in paragraph 0025 of European Patent No. 3628645 can also be used.
- M 1 and M 2 each represent an ammonium cation or a metal cation, a is 0.01 to 0.5, b is 0 to 0.5, c is 1, d is 2.5 to 3, e is 0.01 to 0.75, n is 1, 2 or 3, m is 1, 2 or 3, and R represents a hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent.
- the content of the infrared absorbing agent in the total solid content of the coloring composition is preferably 1 to 40% by mass.
- the lower limit is preferably 2% by mass or more, more preferably 5% by mass or more, and even more preferably 10% by mass or more.
- the upper limit is preferably 30% by mass or less, and more preferably 25% by mass or less.
- the coloring composition of the present invention may contain only one type of infrared absorbing agent, or may contain two or more types. When two or more types of infrared absorbing agents are contained, it is preferable that the total amount thereof is within the above range.
- the coloring composition of the present invention may contain a compound having a cyclic ether group.
- the cyclic ether group include an epoxy group and an oxetanyl group.
- the compound having a cyclic ether group is preferably a compound having an epoxy group (hereinafter also referred to as an epoxy compound).
- the epoxy compound include compounds having one or more epoxy groups in one molecule, and compounds having two or more epoxy groups are preferred.
- the epoxy compound is preferably a compound having 1 to 100 epoxy groups in one molecule.
- the upper limit of the epoxy groups contained in the epoxy compound can be, for example, 10 or less, or 5 or less.
- the lower limit of the epoxy groups contained in the epoxy compound is preferably 2 or more.
- Examples of compounds having a cyclic ether group include those described in paragraphs 0034 to 0036 of JP-A-2013-011869, 0147 to 0156 of JP-A-2014-043556, and 0085 to 0092 of JP-A-2014-089408.
- Compounds described in JP-A-2017-179172, xanthene-type epoxy resins described in JP-A-2021-195421, and xanthene-type epoxy resins described in JP-A-2021-195422 can also be used.
- the compound having a cyclic ether group may be a low molecular weight compound (e.g., a molecular weight of less than 2000, or even less than 1000) or a high molecular weight compound (macromolecule) (e.g., a molecular weight of 1000 or more, or in the case of a polymer, a weight average molecular weight of 1000 or more).
- the weight average molecular weight of the compound having an epoxy group is preferably 200 to 100,000, more preferably 500 to 50,000.
- the upper limit of the weight average molecular weight is more preferably 10,000 or less, particularly preferably 5,000 or less, and even more preferably 3,000 or less.
- EHPE3150 manufactured by Daicel Corporation
- EPICLON N-695 manufactured by DIC Corporation
- Marproof G-0150M G-0105SA, G-0130SP, G-0250SP, G-1005S, G-1005SA, G-1010S, G-2050M, G-01100, and G-01758 (all manufactured by NOF Corporation, epoxy group-containing polymers).
- the content of the compound having a cyclic ether group in the total solid content of the coloring composition is preferably 0.1 to 20% by mass.
- the lower limit is preferably 0.5% by mass or more, and more preferably 1% by mass or more.
- the upper limit is preferably 15% by mass or less, and more preferably 10% by mass or less. Only one type of compound having a cyclic ether group may be used, or two or more types may be used. When two or more types are used, it is preferable that the total amount thereof is within the above range.
- the coloring composition of the present invention may also contain a polyalkyleneimine.
- the polyalkyleneimine is used, for example, as a dispersing aid for pigments.
- the dispersing aid is a material for enhancing the dispersibility of pigments in a coloring composition.
- the polyalkyleneimine is a polymer obtained by ring-opening polymerization of an alkyleneimine.
- the polyalkyleneimine is a polymer having a branched structure containing a primary amino group, a secondary amino group, and a tertiary amino group.
- the number of carbon atoms in the alkyleneimine is preferably 2 to 6, more preferably 2 to 4, even more preferably 2 or 3, and particularly preferably 2.
- the molecular weight of the polyalkyleneimine is preferably 200 or more, more preferably 250 or more.
- the upper limit is preferably 100,000 or less, more preferably 50,000 or less, even more preferably 10,000 or less, and particularly preferably 2,000 or less.
- the molecular weight of the polyalkyleneimine is the value calculated from the structural formula.
- the molecular weight of the specific amine compound cannot be calculated from the structural formula or is difficult to calculate, the number average molecular weight value measured by the boiling point elevation method is used.
- the number average molecular weight value measured by the viscosity method is used.
- the number average molecular weight value measured in polystyrene equivalent value by GPC (gel permeation chromatography) method is used.
- the amine value of the polyalkyleneimine is preferably 5 mmol/g or more, more preferably 10 mmol/g or more, and even more preferably 15 mmol/g or more.
- alkyleneimines include ethyleneimine, propyleneimine, 1,2-butyleneimine, and 2,3-butyleneimine, with ethyleneimine or propyleneimine being preferred, and ethyleneimine being more preferred.
- the polyalkyleneimine is particularly preferably polyethyleneimine.
- the polyethyleneimine preferably contains primary amino groups in an amount of 10 mol% or more, more preferably 20 mol% or more, and even more preferably 30 mol% or more, based on the total of the primary amino groups, secondary amino groups, and tertiary amino groups.
- Commercially available polyethyleneimines include Epomin SP-003, SP-006, SP-012, SP-018, SP-200, and P-1000 (all manufactured by Nippon Shokubai Co., Ltd.).
- the content of polyalkyleneimine in the total solid content of the coloring composition is preferably 0.1 to 5 mass%.
- the lower limit is preferably 0.2 mass% or more, more preferably 0.5 mass% or more, and even more preferably 1 mass% or more.
- the upper limit is preferably 4.5 mass% or less, more preferably 4 mass% or less, and even more preferably 3 mass% or less.
- the content of polyalkyleneimine is preferably 0.5 to 20 mass parts per 100 mass parts of pigment.
- the lower limit is preferably 0.6 mass% or more, more preferably 1 mass% or more, and even more preferably 2 mass% or more.
- the upper limit is preferably 10 mass% or less, and even more preferably 8 mass% or less. Only one type of polyalkyleneimine may be used, or two or more types may be used. When two or more types are used, the total amount thereof is preferably within the above range.
- the coloring composition of the present invention may contain a curing accelerator.
- the curing accelerator include a thiol compound, a methylol compound, an amine compound, a phosphonium salt compound, an amidine salt compound, an amide compound, a base generator, an isocyanate compound, an alkoxysilane compound, and an onium salt compound.
- Specific examples of the curing accelerator include the compound described in paragraph 0164 of International Publication No. 2022/085485 and the compound described in JP-A-2021-181406.
- the content of the curing accelerator in the total solid content of the coloring composition is preferably 0.3 to 8.9% by mass, more preferably 0.8 to 6.4% by mass.
- the coloring composition of the present invention may contain an ultraviolet absorber.
- ultraviolet absorbers include conjugated diene compounds, aminodiene compounds, salicylate compounds, benzophenone compounds, benzotriazole compounds, acrylonitrile compounds, hydroxyphenyltriazine compounds, indole compounds, triazine compounds, and dibenzoyl compounds. Specific examples of such compounds include the compounds described in paragraph 0179 of International Publication No. 2022/085485, the reactive triazine ultraviolet absorbers described in JP-A-2021-178918, the ultraviolet absorbers described in JP-A-2022-007884, and the compounds described in Korean Patent Publication No. 10-2022-0014454.
- the content of the ultraviolet absorber in the total solid content of the coloring composition is preferably 0.01 to 10% by mass, more preferably 0.01 to 5% by mass.
- only one type of ultraviolet absorber may be used, or two or more types may be used. When two or more types are used, it is preferable that the total amount is within the above range.
- the coloring composition of the present invention may contain a polymerization inhibitor.
- the polymerization inhibitor include hydroquinone, p-methoxyphenol, di-tert-butyl-p-cresol, pyrogallol, tert-butylcatechol, benzoquinone, 4,4'-thiobis(3-methyl-6-tert-butylphenol), 2,2'-methylenebis(4-methyl-6-t-butylphenol), and N-nitrosophenylhydroxyamine salts (ammonium salts, cerous salts, etc.).
- p-methoxyphenol is preferred.
- the content of the polymerization inhibitor in the total solid content of the coloring composition is preferably 0.0001 to 5% by mass.
- the polymerization inhibitor may be one type or two or more types. In the case of two or more types, the total amount is preferably within the above range.
- the coloring composition of the present invention may contain a silane coupling agent.
- the silane coupling agent include silane compounds having a hydrolyzable group, and it is preferable that the silane coupling agent is a silane compound having a hydrolyzable group and other functional groups.
- the hydrolyzable group refers to a substituent that is directly bonded to a silicon atom and can generate a siloxane bond by at least one of a hydrolysis reaction and a condensation reaction.
- Examples of the hydrolyzable group include a halogen atom, an alkoxy group, and an acyloxy group, and an alkoxy group is preferable.
- the silane coupling agent is preferably a compound having an alkoxysilyl group.
- functional groups other than the hydrolyzable group include a vinyl group, a (meth)allyl group, a (meth)acryloyl group, a mercapto group, an epoxy group, an oxetanyl group, an amino group, a ureido group, a sulfide group, an isocyanate group, and a phenyl group, and an amino group, a (meth)acryloyl group, and an epoxy group are preferable.
- Specific examples of the silane coupling agent include the compounds described in paragraph 0177 of International Publication No.
- the content of the silane coupling agent in the total solid content of the coloring composition is preferably 0.01 to 15.0% by mass, more preferably 0.05 to 10.0% by mass.
- the silane coupling agent may be one type or two or more types. In the case of two or more types, it is preferable that the total amount is within the above range.
- the coloring composition of the present invention may contain a surfactant.
- a surfactant various surfactants such as fluorine-based surfactants, nonionic surfactants, cationic surfactants, anionic surfactants, and silicone-based surfactants may be used.
- the surfactant is preferably a silicone-based surfactant or a fluorine-based surfactant.
- Nonionic surfactants include the compounds described in paragraph 0174 of WO 2022/085485.
- Silicone surfactants include DOWSIL SH8400, SH8400 FLUID, FZ-2122, 67 Additive, 74 Additive, M Additive, SF 8419 OIL (all manufactured by Dow Toray Co., Ltd.), TSF-4300, TSF-4445, TSF-4460, and TSF-4452 (all manufactured by Momen Co., Ltd.).
- Examples include BYK-307, BYK-322, BYK-323, BYK-330, BYK-333, BYK-3760, and BYK-UV3510 (manufactured by BYK-Chemie), etc.
- silicone surfactant may also be a compound having the following structure:
- the content of the surfactant in the total solid content of the coloring composition is preferably 0.001% by mass to 5.0% by mass, and more preferably 0.005% by mass to 3.0% by mass.
- the surfactant may be one type or two or more types. When two or more types are used, it is preferable that the total amount is within the above range.
- the coloring composition of the present invention may contain an antioxidant.
- the antioxidant include phenolic compounds, phosphite compounds, and thioether compounds.
- the phenolic compound any phenolic compound known as a phenolic antioxidant may be used.
- a preferred phenolic compound is a hindered phenolic compound.
- a compound having a substituent at the site (ortho position) adjacent to the phenolic hydroxy group is preferred.
- a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 22 carbon atoms is preferred.
- the antioxidant is also preferably a compound having a phenolic group and a phosphite group in the same molecule.
- a phosphorus-based antioxidant may also be suitably used as the antioxidant.
- phosphorus-based antioxidants include tris[2-[[2,4,8,10-tetrakis(1,1-dimethylethyl)dibenzo[d,f][1,3,2]dioxaphosphepin-6-yl]oxy]ethyl]amine, tris[2-[(4,6,9,11-tetra-tert-butyldibenzo[d,f][1,3,2]dioxaphosphepin-2-yl)oxy]ethyl]amine, and ethylbis(2,4-di-tert-butyl-6-methylphenyl)phosphite.
- antioxidants include, for example, Adeka STAB AO-20, Adeka STAB AO-30, Adeka STAB AO-40, Adeka STAB AO-50, Adeka STAB AO-50F, Adeka STAB AO-60, Adeka STAB AO-60G, Adeka STAB AO-80, and Adeka STAB AO-330 (manufactured by ADEKA Corporation).
- the antioxidant may be a compound described in paragraphs 0023 to 0048 of Japanese Patent No. 6268967, a compound described in International Publication No. WO 2017/006600, a compound described in International Publication No. WO 2017/164024, or a compound described in Korean Patent Publication No. 10-2019-0059371.
- the content of the antioxidant in the total solid content of the coloring composition is preferably 0.01 to 20 mass%, more preferably 0.3 to 15 mass%. Only one type of antioxidant may be used, or two or more types may be used. When two or more types are used, it is preferable that the total amount is in the above range.
- the coloring composition of the present invention may contain, as necessary, a sensitizer, a plasticizer, and other auxiliaries (for example, conductive particles, fillers, defoamers, flame retardants, leveling agents, peeling promoters, fragrances, surface tension regulators, chain transfer agents, etc.).
- auxiliaries for example, conductive particles, fillers, defoamers, flame retardants, leveling agents, peeling promoters, fragrances, surface tension regulators, chain transfer agents, etc.
- the coloring composition of the present invention may contain a metal oxide in order to adjust the refractive index of the resulting film.
- the metal oxide include TiO 2 , ZrO 2 , Al 2 O 3 , and SiO 2 .
- the primary particle size of the metal oxide is preferably 1 to 100 nm, more preferably 3 to 70 nm, and even more preferably 5 to 50 nm.
- the metal oxide may have a core-shell structure. In this case, the core may be hollow.
- the coloring composition of the present invention may contain a light resistance improver.
- the light resistance improver include the compounds described in paragraph 0183 of WO 2022/085485.
- the coloring composition of the present invention is substantially free of terephthalic acid ester.
- “substantially free of” means that the content of terephthalic acid ester in the total amount of the coloring composition is 1000 mass ppb or less, more preferably 100 mass ppb or less, and particularly preferably zero.
- the colored composition of the present invention preferably has a melamine content of 10,000 ppm by mass or less.
- the coloring composition of the present invention preferably has a free metal content of 100 ppm or less, more preferably 50 ppm or less.
- the free halogen content is preferably 100 ppm or less, more preferably 50 ppm or less.
- Methods for reducing free metals and halogens in the coloring composition include washing with ion-exchanged water, filtration, ultrafiltration, and purification with ion-exchange resins.
- the use of perfluoroalkylsulfonic acid and its salts, and perfluoroalkylcarboxylic acid and its salts may be restricted.
- the content of perfluoroalkylsulfonic acid (particularly perfluoroalkylsulfonic acid having a perfluoroalkyl group with 6 to 8 carbon atoms) and its salts, and perfluoroalkylcarboxylic acid (particularly perfluoroalkyl carboxylic acid having a perfluoroalkyl group with 6 to 8 carbon atoms) and its salts is preferably in the range of 0.01 ppb to 1,000 ppb, more preferably in the range of 0.05 ppb to 500 ppb, and even more preferably in the range of 0.1 ppb to 300 ppb, based on the total solid content of the coloring composition.
- the coloring composition of the present invention may be substantially free of perfluoroalkylsulfonic acid and its salts, and perfluoroalkylcarboxylic acid and its salts.
- a coloring composition that is substantially free of perfluoroalkylsulfonic acid and its salts, and perfluoroalkylcarboxylic acid and its salts may be selected by using a compound that can be a substitute for perfluoroalkylsulfonic acid and its salts, and a compound that can be a substitute for perfluoroalkylcarboxylic acid and its salts.
- Examples of compounds that can be a substitute for regulated compounds include compounds that are excluded from the scope of regulation due to the difference in the number of carbon atoms in the perfluoroalkyl group. However, the above content does not prevent the use of perfluoroalkylsulfonic acid and its salts, and perfluoroalkylcarboxylic acid and its salts.
- the coloring composition of the present invention may contain perfluoroalkylsulfonic acid and its salts, and perfluoroalkylcarboxylic acid and its salts, within the maximum allowable range.
- the water content of the coloring composition of the present invention is usually 3% by mass or less, preferably 0.01 to 1.5% by mass, and more preferably in the range of 0.1 to 1.0% by mass.
- the water content can be measured by the Karl Fischer method.
- the coloring composition of the present invention can be used with its viscosity adjusted for the purpose of adjusting the film surface state (flatness, etc.), adjusting the film thickness, etc.
- the viscosity value can be appropriately selected as needed, but for example, it is preferably 0.3 mPa ⁇ s to 50 mPa ⁇ s at 25°C, and more preferably 0.5 mPa ⁇ s to 20 mPa ⁇ s.
- the viscosity can be measured, for example, using a cone-plate type viscometer with the temperature adjusted to 25°C.
- the container for storing the coloring composition is not particularly limited, and a known container can be used.
- the container described in paragraph 0187 of WO 2022/085485 can be used as the container.
- the coloring composition of the present invention can be prepared by mixing the above-mentioned components.
- all the components may be dissolved and/or dispersed in a solvent at the same time to prepare the coloring composition, or, if necessary, each component may be appropriately prepared as two or more solutions or dispersions, which are mixed at the time of use (at the time of application) to prepare the coloring composition.
- the preparation of the coloring composition includes a process for dispersing the pigment.
- examples of mechanical forces used to disperse the pigment include compression, squeezing, impact, shear, and cavitation. Specific examples of these processes include bead mills, sand mills, roll mills, ball mills, paint shakers, microfluidizers, high-speed impellers, sand grinders, flow jet mixers, high-pressure wet atomization, and ultrasonic dispersion.
- beads with a small diameter increase the bead packing rate, and perform the process under conditions that increase the grinding efficiency.
- the process and dispersing machine for dispersing the pigment can be suitably used as described in "Dispersion Technology Encyclopedia, published by Joho Kika Co., Ltd., July 15, 2005” or "Dispersion Technology and Industrial Applications Focused on Suspension (Solid/Liquid Dispersion System) - Comprehensive Data Collection, published by Management Development Center Publishing Department, October 10, 1978", and in paragraph 0022 of JP2015-157893A.
- a salt milling process may be performed to refine the particles.
- the descriptions in, for example, JP2015-194521A and JP2012-046629A can be referred to.
- the coloring composition When preparing the coloring composition, it is preferable to filter the coloring composition with a filter for the purpose of removing foreign matter and reducing defects.
- filters and filtration methods used for filtration include the filters and filtration methods described in paragraphs 0196 to 0199 of WO 2022/085485.
- the film of the present invention is obtained from the coloring composition of the present invention described above.
- the film of the present invention can be used for optical filters such as color filters and infrared transmission filters.
- the thickness of the film of the present invention can be adjusted appropriately depending on the purpose.
- the thickness is preferably 20 ⁇ m or less, more preferably 10 ⁇ m or less, and even more preferably 5 ⁇ m or less.
- the lower limit of the film thickness is preferably 0.1 ⁇ m or more, more preferably 0.2 ⁇ m or more, and even more preferably 0.3 ⁇ m or more.
- the film of the present invention When the film of the present invention is used as a color filter, the film of the present invention preferably has a green, red, blue, cyan, magenta or yellow hue, more preferably has a green, red or yellow hue, and even more preferably has a red hue.
- the film of the present invention can also be preferably used as a colored pixel of a color filter. Examples of the colored pixel include red pixels, green pixels, blue pixels, magenta pixels, cyan pixels, and yellow pixels, and red pixels, green pixels, or yellow pixels are preferred, red pixels, green pixels, or yellow pixels are more preferred, and red pixels are even more preferred.
- the film of the present invention preferably has, for example, any one of the following spectral characteristics (1) to (4).
- the maximum light transmittance in the thickness direction of the film in the wavelength range of 400 to 640 nm is 20% or less (preferably 15% or less, more preferably 10% or less), and the minimum light transmittance in the thickness direction of the film in the wavelength range of 800 to 1300 nm is 70% or more (preferably 75% or more, more preferably 80% or more).
- a film having such spectral characteristics can block light in the wavelength range of 400 to 640 nm and transmit light with a wavelength of more than 700 nm.
- a film having such spectral characteristics can block light in the wavelength range of 400 to 750 nm and transmit light with a wavelength of more than 850 nm.
- a film having such spectral characteristics can block light in the wavelength range of 400 to 830 nm and transmit light with a wavelength of more than 940 nm.
- a film having such spectral characteristics can block light in the wavelength range of 400 to 950 nm and transmit light with a wavelength of more than 1040 nm.
- the film of the present invention can be produced through a step of applying the coloring composition of the present invention.
- Examples of the method for forming the pattern (pixel) include a photolithography method and a dry etching method, and the photolithography method is preferable.
- Pattern formation by photolithography preferably includes a step of forming a coloring composition layer on a support using the coloring composition of the present invention, a step of exposing the coloring composition layer in a pattern, and a step of developing and removing the unexposed parts of the coloring composition layer to form a pattern (pixels). If necessary, a step of baking the coloring composition layer (pre-baking step) and a step of baking the developed pattern (pixels) (post-baking step) may be provided.
- the coloring composition layer is formed on a support using the coloring composition of the present invention.
- the support is not particularly limited and can be appropriately selected depending on the application.
- a glass substrate, a silicon substrate, etc. can be mentioned, and a silicon substrate is preferable.
- a charge-coupled device (CCD), a complementary metal oxide semiconductor (CMOS), a transparent conductive film, etc. may be formed on the silicon substrate.
- CMOS complementary metal oxide semiconductor
- a black matrix that isolates each pixel may be formed on the silicon substrate.
- a base layer may be provided on the silicon substrate to improve adhesion with the upper layer, prevent diffusion of substances, or flatten the substrate surface.
- the surface contact angle of the base layer is preferably 20 to 70° when measured with diiodomethane. It is also preferable that the surface contact angle is 30 to 80° when measured with water.
- a known method can be used to apply the coloring composition.
- the application method described in paragraph 0207 of WO 2022/085485 can be used.
- the colored composition layer formed on the support may be dried (prebaked).
- prebaking may not be performed.
- the prebaking temperature is preferably 150°C or less, more preferably 120°C or less, and even more preferably 110°C or less.
- the lower limit can be, for example, 50°C or more, and can also be 80°C or more.
- the prebaking time is preferably 10 to 300 seconds, more preferably 40 to 250 seconds, and even more preferably 80 to 220 seconds. Prebaking can be performed using a hot plate, an oven, etc.
- the colored composition layer is exposed to light in a pattern (exposure step).
- the colored composition layer can be exposed to light in a pattern by using a stepper exposure machine or a scanner exposure machine through a mask having a predetermined mask pattern. This allows the exposed parts to be cured.
- Radiation (light) that can be used for exposure includes g-rays and i-rays.
- Light with a wavelength of 300 nm or less (preferably light with a wavelength of 180 to 300 nm) can also be used.
- Examples of light with a wavelength of 300 nm or less include KrF rays (wavelength 248 nm) and ArF rays (wavelength 193 nm), with KrF rays (wavelength 248 nm) being preferred.
- Long-wave light sources of 300 nm or more can also be used.
- As light sources electrodeless ultraviolet lamp systems and hybrid curing of ultraviolet and infrared rays can be used.
- Pulse exposure is an exposure method in which light is applied and paused repeatedly in short cycles (e.g., milliseconds or less).
- the irradiation amount is, for example, preferably 0.03 to 2.5 J/cm 2 , more preferably 0.05 to 1.0 J/cm 2.
- the oxygen concentration during exposure can be appropriately selected, and in addition to being performed under air, for example, exposure may be performed under a low-oxygen atmosphere with an oxygen concentration of 19 volume% or less (e.g., 15 volume%, 5 volume%, or substantially oxygen-free), or under a high-oxygen atmosphere with an oxygen concentration of more than 21 volume% (e.g., 22 volume%, 30 volume%, or 50 volume%).
- the exposure illuminance can be appropriately set, and can usually be selected from the range of 1000 W/m 2 to 100,000 W/m 2 (e.g., 5,000 W/m 2 , 15,000 W/m 2 , or 35,000 W/m 2 ).
- the oxygen concentration and exposure illuminance may be appropriately combined. For example, an oxygen concentration of 10% by volume and an illuminance of 10,000 W/m 2 , and an oxygen concentration of 35% by volume and an illuminance of 20,000 W/m 2 , can be used.
- the unexposed parts of the coloring composition layer are developed and removed to form a pattern (pixels).
- the unexposed parts of the coloring composition layer can be developed and removed using a developer.
- the coloring composition layer in the unexposed parts in the exposure step dissolves into the developer, and only the photocured parts remain.
- the temperature of the developer is preferably, for example, 20 to 30°C.
- the development time is preferably 20 to 180 seconds.
- the process of shaking off the developer every 60 seconds and then supplying new developer may be repeated several times.
- the developer may be an organic solvent or an alkaline developer, with an alkaline developer being preferred.
- the developer and the washing (rinsing) method after development may be as described in paragraph 0214 of WO 2022/085485.
- Additional exposure processing and post-baking are curing processing after development to complete curing.
- the heating temperature in post-baking is, for example, preferably 100 to 240°C, more preferably 200 to 240°C.
- Post-baking can be performed continuously or batchwise using a heating means such as a hot plate, a convection oven (hot air circulation dryer), or a high-frequency heater to achieve the above conditions for the developed film.
- a heating means such as a hot plate, a convection oven (hot air circulation dryer), or a high-frequency heater to achieve the above conditions for the developed film.
- the light used for exposure has a wavelength of 400 nm or less.
- additional exposure processing may be performed by the method described in Korean Patent Publication No. 10-2017-0122130.
- the pattern formation by the dry etching method preferably includes the steps of forming a colored composition layer on a support using the colored composition of the present invention, curing the entire colored composition layer to form a cured layer, forming a photoresist layer on the cured layer, exposing the photoresist layer in a pattern and developing it to form a resist pattern, and dry etching the cured layer using an etching gas with the resist pattern as a mask.
- the process of forming the photoresist layer is preferably a form in which a heat treatment after exposure and a heat treatment after development (post-bake treatment) are performed.
- the description in paragraphs 0010 to 0067 of JP 2013-064993 A can be referred to, and the contents of this specification are incorporated herein.
- the optical filter of the present invention has the above-mentioned film of the present invention.
- the types of optical filters include color filters and infrared transmission filters, and the color filter is preferable.
- the color filter preferably has the film of the present invention as a color pixel of the color filter.
- the optical filter may have a protective layer on the surface of the film of the present invention.
- a protective layer By providing a protective layer, various functions such as oxygen blocking, low reflection, hydrophilicity/hydrophobicity, and shielding of light of a specific wavelength (ultraviolet rays, near infrared rays, etc.) can be imparted.
- the thickness of the protective layer is preferably 0.01 to 10 ⁇ m, more preferably 0.1 to 5 ⁇ m.
- Methods for forming the protective layer include a method of forming the protective layer by applying a resin composition dissolved in an organic solvent, a chemical vapor deposition method, and a method of attaching a molded resin with an adhesive.
- the components constituting the protective layer include (meth)acrylic resin, ene-thiol resin, polycarbonate resin, polyether resin, polyarylate resin, polysulfone resin, polyethersulfone resin, polyphenylene resin, polyarylene ether phosphine oxide resin, polyimide resin, polyamideimide resin, polyolefin resin, cyclic olefin resin, polyester resin, styrene resin, polyol resin, polyvinylidene chloride resin, melamine resin, urethane resin, aramid resin, polyamide resin, alkyd resin, epoxy resin, modified silicone resin, fluorine resin, polycarbonate resin, polyacrylonitrile resin, cellulose resin, Si, C, W, Al 2 O 3 , Mo, SiO 2 , Si 2 N 4 , etc., and may contain two or more of these components.
- the protective layer in the case of a protective layer intended for oxygen blocking, preferably contains a polyol resin, SiO 2 , and Si 2 N 4 .
- the protective layer in the case of a protective layer intended to reduce reflection, preferably contains a (meth)acrylic resin and a fluorine resin.
- a protective layer by applying a resin composition When forming a protective layer by applying a resin composition, known methods such as spin coating, casting, screen printing, and inkjet can be used as a method for applying the resin composition.
- Known organic solvents e.g., propylene glycol 1-monomethyl ether 2-acetate, cyclopentanone, ethyl lactate, etc.
- known chemical vapor deposition methods thermal chemical vapor deposition, plasma chemical vapor deposition, photochemical vapor deposition
- the protective layer may contain additives such as organic or inorganic fine particles, absorbents for light of specific wavelengths (e.g., ultraviolet light, near infrared light, etc.), refractive index adjusters, antioxidants, adhesion agents, and surfactants, as necessary.
- organic or inorganic fine particles include polymer fine particles (e.g., silicone resin fine particles, polystyrene fine particles, melamine resin fine particles), titanium oxide, zinc oxide, zirconium oxide, indium oxide, aluminum oxide, titanium nitride, titanium oxynitride, magnesium fluoride, hollow silica, silica, calcium carbonate, and barium sulfate.
- Known absorbents can be used as absorbents for light of specific wavelengths.
- the content of these additives can be adjusted as appropriate, but is preferably 0.1 to 70% by mass, and more preferably 1 to 60% by mass, based on the total mass of the protective layer.
- the protective layer may also be the one described in paragraphs 0073 to 0092 of JP2017-151176A.
- the optical filter may have a structure in which each pixel is embedded in a space partitioned by partitions, for example in a grid pattern.
- the solid-state imaging device of the present invention has the above-mentioned film of the present invention.
- the configuration of the solid-state imaging device is not particularly limited as long as it has the film of the present invention and functions as a solid-state imaging device, and examples thereof include the following configurations.
- the substrate has a plurality of photodiodes constituting the light receiving area of a solid-state imaging element (such as a CCD (charge-coupled device) image sensor or a CMOS (complementary metal-oxide semiconductor) image sensor) and a transfer electrode made of polysilicon or the like, a light-shielding film on the photodiodes and the transfer electrodes with only the light receiving portion of the photodiodes open, a device protection film made of silicon nitride or the like formed on the light-shielding film so as to cover the entire light-shielding film and the light receiving portion of the photodiode, and a color filter on the device protection film.
- a solid-state imaging element such as a CCD (charge-coupled device) image sensor or a CMOS (complementary metal-oxide semiconductor) image sensor
- a transfer electrode made of polysilicon or the like
- the device protection film may have a light-collecting means (e.g., a microlens, etc.; the same applies below) on the device protection film and below the color filter (the side closer to the substrate), or a light-collecting means on the color filter.
- the color filter may have a structure in which each colored pixel is embedded in a space partitioned by partitions, for example in a lattice shape. In this case, it is preferable that the partitions have a lower refractive index than each colored pixel. Examples of imaging devices having such a structure include those described in JP 2012-227478 A, JP 2014-179577 A, and WO 2018/043654 A.
- an ultraviolet absorbing layer may be provided in the structure of the solid-state imaging element to improve light resistance.
- the imaging device equipped with the solid-state imaging element of the present invention can be used for digital cameras, electronic devices with imaging functions (such as mobile phones), as well as in-vehicle cameras and surveillance cameras.
- the image display device of the present invention has the above-mentioned film of the present invention.
- Examples of the image display device include liquid crystal display devices and organic electroluminescence display devices.
- the definition of the image display device and details of each image display device are described, for example, in "Electronic Display Devices” (written by Akio Sasaki, published by Kogyo Chosakai Co., Ltd. in 1990) and “Display Devices” (written by Junsho Ibuki, published by Sangyo Tosho Co., Ltd. in 1989).
- the liquid crystal display device is described, for example, in “Next Generation Liquid Crystal Display Technology” (edited by Tatsuo Uchida, published by Kogyo Chosakai Co., Ltd. in 1994).
- There is no particular limitation on the liquid crystal display device to which the present invention can be applied and the present invention can be applied to various types of liquid crystal display devices described in the above "Next Generation Liquid Crystal Display Technology".
- Synthesis Examples 3-2 to 3-6 Synthesis of Compounds (P-7), (P-9), (P-10), (P-11), and (P-33)
- Compounds (P-7), (P-9), (P-10), (P-11), and (P-33) were synthesized by the same operation as in Synthesis Example 3-1, except that compound (a-2), compound (b-2), and compound (c-1) in Synthesis Example 3-1 were changed to the compounds shown in the columns for compound (a), compound (b), and compound (c) in the table below, respectively.
- Synthesis Examples 4-2 and 4-3 Synthesis of Compounds (P-26) and (P-27)
- Compounds (P-26) and (P-27) were synthesized in the same manner as in Synthesis Example 4-1, except that compound (a-2), compound (b-2), and compound (c-3) in Synthesis Example 4-1 were changed to the compounds shown in the columns for compound (a), compound (b), and compound (c) in the table below, respectively.
- Synthesis Examples 5-2 to 5-6 Synthesis of Compounds (P-16), (P-17), (P-30), (P-31), and (P-32)
- Compounds (P-16), (P-17), (P-30), (P-31), and (P-32) were synthesized by the same operation as in Synthesis Example 5-1, except that compound (S-1), compound (S-18), and compound (c-1) in Synthesis Example 5-1 were changed to the compounds shown in the columns for compound S(1), compound S(2), and compound (c) in the table below, respectively.
- the synthesized compounds (P-1) to (P-33) have the following structures.
- PG36 C.I. Pigment Green 36 (green pigment, phthalocyanine pigment)
- PG58 C.I. Pigment Green 58 (green pigment, phthalocyanine pigment)
- PG63 C.I. Pigment Green 63 (green pigment, phthalocyanine pigment)
- G1 Compound having the following structure (naphthalocyanine pigment) PR122: C.I. Pigment Red 122 (red pigment, quinacridone pigment)
- PR177 C.I. Pigment Red 177 (red pigment, anthraquinone pigment)
- PR224 C.I. Pigment Red 224 (red pigment, perylene pigment)
- PR254 C.I.
- Pigment Red 254 red pigment, diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment
- PR264 C.I. Pigment Red 264 (red pigment, diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment)
- PR272 C.I. Pigment Red 272 (red pigment, diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment)
- PY129 C.I. Pigment Yellow 129 (yellow pigment, azomethine pigment)
- PY138 C.I. Pigment Yellow 138 (yellow pigment, quinophthalone pigment)
- PY139 C.I. Pigment Yellow 139 (yellow pigment, isoindoline pigment)
- PY185 C.I. Pigment Yellow 185 (yellow pigment, isoindoline pigment)
- A-1 Compound having the following structure
- D1 Resin having the following structure (the number attached to the main chain is the molar ratio, and the number attached to the side chain is the number of repeating units. Weight average molecular weight: 24,000)
- D3 Resin having the following structure (the number attached to the main chain is the molar ratio, and the number attached to the side chain is the number of repeating units. Weight average molecular weight: 17,000)
- D4 Resin having the following structure (the number attached to the main chain is the molar ratio, and the number attached to the side chain is the number of repeating units.
- Weight average molecular weight: 7000) D5: Resin having the following structure (the number attached to the main chain is the molar ratio, and the number attached to the side chain is the number of repeating units. Weight average molecular weight: 16,000)
- D6 Resin having the following structure (the number attached to the main chain is the molar ratio, and the number attached to the side chain is the number of repeating units. Weight average molecular weight: 10,000)
- D7 Acrylic block copolymer (EB-1) described in paragraph 0219 of Japanese Patent No. 6432077
- D10 Resin having the following structure (the numbers attached to the main chain are molar ratios. Weight average molecular weight: 6,000)
- D11 Resin having the following structure (the number attached to the main chain is the molar ratio, and the number attached to the side chain is the number of repeating units. Weight average molecular weight: 7500)
- M1 a mixture of compounds having the following structure (a mixture of the compound on the left (a hexafunctional (meth)acrylate compound) and the compound on the right (a pentafunctional (meth)acrylate compound) in a molar ratio of 7:3)
- M2 a compound having the following structure
- M3 a compound having the following structure
- M4 succinic acid modified dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate (acid value 67 mg KOH/g)
- M5 a compound having the following structure
- M6 a compound having the following structure
- UV1 Compound having the following structure
- UV2 Compound having the following structure
- Examples 97 to 100 light with a wavelength of 660 nm was irradiated.
- the obtained optical density was normalized by the film thickness to obtain a relative value of the color value at wavelengths of 400 to 500 nm, and the color value was evaluated according to the following criteria.
- C The relative value of the color value at wavelengths of 400 to 500 nm is less than 0.4.
- a base agent (CT-4000, manufactured by FUJIFILM Electronic Materials Co., Ltd.) was applied on a glass substrate by spin coating so that the film thickness was 0.1 ⁇ m, and heated at 220 ° C. for 1 hour using a hot plate to form a base layer.
- Each coloring composition was applied on the glass substrate with the base layer by spin coating, and then heated at 100 ° C. for 2 minutes using a hot plate to obtain a coating film.
- the obtained coating film was irradiated with light having a wavelength of 365 nm and exposed at an exposure dose of 500 mJ / cm 2. Note that the exposure step was omitted in Example 96. Next, the film was heated at 220 ° C.
- the obtained film was measured for light transmittance (transmittance) in the wavelength range of 400 to 700 nm using MCPD-3000 manufactured by Otsuka Electronics Co., Ltd.
- the film prepared above was heated at 265 ° C. for 5 minutes.
- the transmittance of the film after heating was measured, the maximum change in transmittance was calculated, and the heat resistance was evaluated according to the following criteria.
- the transmittance was measured five times for each sample, and the average of the three results excluding the maximum and minimum values was used.
- the maximum change in transmittance means the change in the wavelength at which the change in transmittance of the film before and after heating is the largest in the wavelength range of 400 to 700 nm.
- Change in transmittance (%)
- C The maximum amount of change in transmittance is 10% or more.
- a base agent (CT-4000, manufactured by FUJIFILM Electronic Materials Co., Ltd.) was applied on a glass substrate by spin coating so that the film thickness was 0.1 ⁇ m, and heated at 220 ° C. for 1 hour using a hot plate to form a base layer.
- Each coloring composition was applied on the glass substrate with the base layer by spin coating so that the film thickness after pre-baking was 0.6 ⁇ m.
- a hot plate was used to pre-bake at 100 ° C. for 2 minutes.
- an i-line stepper exposure device (FPA-3000i5 +, manufactured by Canon Co., Ltd.) was used to irradiate light having a wavelength of 365 nm at an exposure dose of 500 mJ / cm 2 for exposure. Then, a film was produced by post-baking at 200 ° C. for 3 minutes. In addition, the exposure process was omitted in Example 96. The obtained film was subjected to a moisture resistance test in which it was left for 96 hours in an atmosphere of a temperature of 110° C. and a relative humidity of 85% using a thermo-hygrostat (IW222, manufactured by Yamada Scientific Co., Ltd.).
- a thermo-hygrostat IW222, manufactured by Yamada Scientific Co., Ltd.
- the transmittance in the wavelength range of 300 to 800 nm was measured using a spectrophotometer (UV3600, manufactured by Shimadzu Corporation, reference: glass substrate), and the rate of change in transmittance was calculated using the following formula, and the moisture resistance was evaluated according to the following criteria.
- Change in transmittance (%)
- the transmittance fluctuation is less than 5% in the entire wavelength range of 300 to 800 nm, and the transmittance fluctuation at at least some wavelengths is 2% or more and less than 5%.
- C The transmittance fluctuation at at least some wavelengths in the wavelength range of 300 to 800 nm is 5% or more.
- the examples were superior to the comparative examples in the evaluation of heat resistance and moisture resistance.
- the films formed from the colored compositions of the examples can be suitably used in optical filters, solid-state imaging devices, and image display devices.
Landscapes
- Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Organic Chemistry (AREA)
- Dispersion Chemistry (AREA)
- Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
- Optical Filters (AREA)
- Compositions Of Macromolecular Compounds (AREA)
Abstract
Description
本発明は、着色組成物、膜、光学フィルタ、固体撮像素子、画像表示装置および化合物に関する。 The present invention relates to a coloring composition, a film, an optical filter, a solid-state imaging device, an image display device, and a compound.
近年、デジタルカメラ、カメラ付き携帯電話等の普及から、電荷結合素子(CCD)イメージセンサなどの固体撮像素子の需要が大きく伸びている。ディスプレイや光学素子のキーデバイスとしてカラーフィルタが使用されている。カラーフィルタは、通常、赤、緑及び青の3原色の画素を備えており、透過光を3原色へ分解する役割を果たしている。 In recent years, the popularity of digital cameras and mobile phones with cameras has led to a large increase in demand for solid-state imaging elements such as charge-coupled device (CCD) image sensors. Color filters are used as key devices in displays and optical elements. Color filters usually have pixels of the three primary colors, red, green, and blue, and serve to separate transmitted light into the three primary colors.
カラーフィルタの各色の着色画素は、着色剤を含む着色組成物を用いて製造されている。また、特許文献1及び2には、バルビツール酸構造を有するイソインドリン化合物を含むカラーフィルタ用着色組成物が記載されている。 The colored pixels of each color of the color filter are produced using a coloring composition containing a colorant. In addition, Patent Documents 1 and 2 describe coloring compositions for color filters that contain an isoindoline compound having a barbituric acid structure.
近年、カラーフィルタなどの光学フィルタについて、耐熱性の更なる向上が求められている。 In recent years, there has been a demand for further improvement in the heat resistance of optical filters such as color filters.
よって、本発明の目的は、耐熱性に優れた膜を形成できる着色組成物を提供することにある。また、本発明の目的は、膜、光学フィルタ、固体撮像素子、画像表示装置および化合物を提供することにある。 Therefore, an object of the present invention is to provide a coloring composition capable of forming a film having excellent heat resistance. Another object of the present invention is to provide a film, an optical filter, a solid-state imaging device, an image display device, and a compound.
本発明は以下を提供する。 The present invention provides the following:
<1> 着色剤と、樹脂と、溶剤とを含む着色組成物であって、
上記着色剤は、式(1)で表される化合物を含む、着色組成物;
A1およびA2は、それぞれ独立して、環状構造を表し、
B1およびB2は、それぞれ独立して、O、Sまたは式(B-1)で表される基を表す;
C1は、縮合環構造、または、6員環以上の単環の環状構造を表す;
RB1とRB2は結合して環を形成していてもよい。
<2> 更に、光重合開始剤と、重合性化合物を含む、<1>に記載の着色組成物。
<3> 上記式(L-1)のXL1およびXL2は、Oである、<1>または<2>に記載の着色組成物。
<4> 上記L1は式(L-1)~(L-5)のいずれかで表される基である、<1>または<2>に記載の着色組成物。
<6> 上記着色剤は、更に、緑色着色剤または赤色着色剤を含む、<1>~<5>のいずれか1つに記載の着色組成物。
<7> カラーフィルタ形成用である、<1>~<6>のいずれか1つに記載の着色組成物。
<8> <1>~<7>のいずれか1つに記載の着色組成物を用いて得られる膜。
<9> <8>に記載の膜を有するカラーフィルタ。
<10> <8>に記載の膜を有する固体撮像素子。
<11> <8>に記載の膜を有する画像表示装置。
<12> 式(1)で表される化合物;
A1およびA2は、それぞれ独立して、環状構造を表し、
B1およびB2は、それぞれ独立して、O、Sまたは式(B-1)で表される基を表す;
C1は、縮合環構造、または、6員環以上の単環の環状構造を表す;
RB1とRB2は結合して環を形成していてもよい。
<1> A coloring composition comprising a colorant, a resin, and a solvent,
The colorant comprises a coloring composition comprising a compound represented by formula (1);
A 1 and A 2 each independently represent a cyclic structure;
B 1 and B 2 each independently represent O, S, or a group represented by formula (B-1);
C 1 represents a fused ring structure or a 6- or more-membered monocyclic ring structure;
R B1 and R B2 may be bonded to form a ring.
<2> The colored composition according to <1>, further comprising a photopolymerization initiator and a polymerizable compound.
<3> The colored composition according to <1> or <2>, in which X L1 and X L2 in the formula (L-1) are O.
<4> The colored composition according to <1> or <2>, wherein L 1 is a group represented by any one of formulas (L-1) to (L-5):
<6> The colored composition according to any one of <1> to <5>, wherein the colorant further includes a green colorant or a red colorant.
<7> The colored composition according to any one of <1> to <6>, which is for forming a color filter.
<8> A film obtained by using the colored composition according to any one of <1> to <7>.
<9> A color filter having the film according to <8>.
<10> A solid-state imaging device having the film according to <8>.
<11> An image display device having the film according to <8>.
<12> A compound represented by formula (1);
A 1 and A 2 each independently represent a cyclic structure;
B 1 and B 2 each independently represent O, S, or a group represented by formula (B-1);
C 1 represents a fused ring structure or a 6- or more-membered monocyclic ring structure;
R B1 and R B2 may be bonded to form a ring.
本発明は、耐熱性に優れた膜を形成できる着色組成物を提供することができる。また、本発明は、膜、光学フィルタ、固体撮像素子、画像表示装置および化合物を提供することができる。 The present invention can provide a coloring composition capable of forming a film with excellent heat resistance. The present invention can also provide a film, an optical filter, a solid-state imaging device, an image display device, and a compound.
以下において、本発明の内容について詳細に説明する。
本明細書において、「~」とはその前後に記載される数値を下限値および上限値として含む意味で使用される。
本明細書における基(原子団)の表記において、置換および無置換を記していない表記は、置換基を有さない基(原子団)と共に置換基を有する基(原子団)をも包含する。例えば、「アルキル基」とは、置換基を有さないアルキル基(無置換アルキル基)のみならず、置換基を有するアルキル基(置換アルキル基)をも包含する。
本明細書において「露光」とは、特に断らない限り、光を用いた露光のみならず、電子線、イオンビーム等の粒子線を用いた描画も露光に含める。また、露光に用いられる光としては、水銀灯の輝線スペクトル、エキシマレーザに代表される遠紫外線、極紫外線(EUV光)、X線、電子線等の活性光線または放射線が挙げられる。
本明細書において、「(メタ)アクリレート」は、アクリレートおよびメタクリレートの双方、または、いずれかを表し、「(メタ)アクリル」は、アクリルおよびメタクリルの双方、または、いずれかを表し、「(メタ)アクリロイル」は、アクリロイルおよびメタクリロイルの双方、または、いずれかを表す。
本明細書において、構造式中のMeはメチル基を表し、Etはエチル基を表し、Buはブチル基を表し、Phはフェニル基を表す。
本明細書において、重量平均分子量および数平均分子量は、GPC(ゲルパーミエーションクロマトグラフィ)法により測定したポリスチレン換算値である。
本明細書において、全固形分とは、組成物の全成分から溶剤を除いた成分の総質量をいう。
本明細書において、顔料とは、溶剤に対して溶解しにくい化合物を意味する。
本明細書において「工程」との語は、独立した工程だけではなく、他の工程と明確に区別できない場合であってもその工程の所期の作用が達成されれば、本用語に含まれる。
The present invention will be described in detail below.
In this specification, the use of "to" means that the numerical values before and after it are included as the lower limit and upper limit.
In the description of groups (atomic groups) in this specification, when there is no indication of whether they are substituted or unsubstituted, the term encompasses both unsubstituted groups (atomic groups) and substituted groups (atomic groups). For example, the term "alkyl group" encompasses not only alkyl groups that have no substituents (unsubstituted alkyl groups) but also alkyl groups that have substituents (substituted alkyl groups).
In this specification, unless otherwise specified, the term "exposure" includes not only exposure using light but also drawing using particle beams such as electron beams and ion beams. Examples of light used for exposure include the bright line spectrum of a mercury lamp, far ultraviolet light represented by an excimer laser, extreme ultraviolet light (EUV light), X-rays, active rays or radiation such as electron beams.
In this specification, "(meth)acrylate" refers to both or either of acrylate and methacrylate, "(meth)acrylic" refers to both or either of acrylic and methacrylic, and "(meth)acryloyl" refers to both or either of acryloyl and methacryloyl.
In this specification, in the structural formulae, Me represents a methyl group, Et represents an ethyl group, Bu represents a butyl group, and Ph represents a phenyl group.
In this specification, the weight average molecular weight and number average molecular weight are values calculated as polystyrene standards measured by GPC (gel permeation chromatography).
In this specification, the total solids content refers to the total mass of all components of the composition excluding the solvent.
In this specification, a pigment means a compound that is poorly soluble in a solvent.
In this specification, the term "process" refers not only to an independent process, but also to a process that cannot be clearly distinguished from other processes, as long as the process achieves its intended effect.
<着色組成物>
本発明の着色組成物は、着色剤と、樹脂と、溶剤とを含む着色組成物であって、
上記着色剤は、式(1)で表される化合物を含むことを特徴とする。
<Coloring composition>
The coloring composition of the present invention is a coloring composition containing a colorant, a resin, and a solvent,
The colorant is characterized by containing a compound represented by formula (1).
式(1)で表される化合物は、分子内水素結合に由来して、高い平面性を有するため、会合体を形成しやすいと推測される。このため、本発明の着色組成物を用いることで、耐熱性に優れた膜を形成することができる。
また、式(1)で表される化合物は、分子内水素結合に由来して、平面性が高いため、製膜時に会合を形成しやすく、膜の緻密化が図ることができると推測され、得られる膜の耐湿性を向上させることもできる。
また、式(1)で表される化合物は、色価が高く、本発明の着色組成物を用いることで、色価が高く、分光特性に優れた膜を形成することができる。
The compound represented by formula (1) has high planarity due to intramolecular hydrogen bonds, and is therefore presumed to easily form associations. For this reason, by using the coloring composition of the present invention, a film having excellent heat resistance can be formed.
In addition, since the compound represented by formula (1) has high planarity due to intramolecular hydrogen bonds, it is presumed that associations are easily formed during film formation, which can lead to densification of the film and can also improve the moisture resistance of the resulting film.
In addition, the compound represented by formula (1) has a high color value, and by using the colored composition of the present invention, a film having a high color value and excellent spectral characteristics can be formed.
本発明の着色組成物は、光学フィルタ用の着色組成物として好ましく用いることができる。
光学フィルタとしては、カラーフィルタおよび赤外線透過フィルタなどが挙げられる。すなわち、本発明の着色組成物は、カラーフィルタ用または赤外線透過フィルタ用の着色組成物として好ましく用いられ、カラーフィルタ用の着色組成物としてより好ましく用いられる。より詳しくは、カラーフィルタの画素形成用の着色組成物や、赤外線透過フィルタ形成用の着色組成物として好ましく用いることができ、カラーフィルタの画素形成用の着色組成物としてより好ましく用いられる。カラーフィルタにおける画素の種類としては、赤色画素、緑色画素、青色画素、マゼンタ色画素、シアン色画素、黄色画素などが挙げられ、赤色画素、緑色画素または黄色画素であることが好ましく、赤色画素または緑色画素であることがより好ましく、赤色画素であることが更に好ましい。
The colored composition of the present invention can be preferably used as a colored composition for optical filters.
Examples of optical filters include color filters and infrared transmission filters. That is, the coloring composition of the present invention is preferably used as a coloring composition for color filters or infrared transmission filters, and more preferably used as a coloring composition for color filters. More specifically, it can be preferably used as a coloring composition for forming pixels of a color filter or a coloring composition for forming an infrared transmission filter, and more preferably used as a coloring composition for forming pixels of a color filter. The types of pixels in a color filter include red pixels, green pixels, blue pixels, magenta pixels, cyan pixels, yellow pixels, and the like, and are preferably red pixels, green pixels, or yellow pixels, more preferably red pixels or green pixels, and even more preferably red pixels.
以下、本発明の着色組成物に用いられる各成分について説明する。 The components used in the coloring composition of the present invention are described below.
<<着色剤>>
本発明の着色組成物は着色剤を含有する。着色剤としては、黄色着色剤、オレンジ色着色剤、赤色着色剤、緑色着色剤、紫色着色剤および青色着色剤などが挙げられる。着色剤は、顔料であってもよく、染料であってもよい。顔料は、無機顔料または有機顔料のいずれでもよいが、カラーバリエーションの多さ、分散の容易性、安全性等の観点から有機顔料であることが好ましい。また、着色剤には顔料誘導体を用いることもできる。
<<Coloring Agent>>
The coloring composition of the present invention contains a colorant. Examples of the colorant include a yellow colorant, an orange colorant, a red colorant, a green colorant, a purple colorant, and a blue colorant. The colorant may be a pigment or a dye. The pigment may be either an inorganic pigment or an organic pigment, but is preferably an organic pigment from the viewpoints of a wide range of color variations, ease of dispersion, safety, and the like. In addition, a pigment derivative may be used as the colorant.
本発明の着色組成物に含まれる着色剤は、黄色着色剤、緑色着色剤および赤色着色剤からなる群より選ばれる少なくとも1種を含むことが好ましく、黄色着色剤を少なくとも含むことがより好ましい。また、黄色着色剤は後述する特定化合物を含むものであることが好ましい。
また、着色剤は、緑色着色剤および赤色着色剤から選ばれる少なくとも1種と、黄色着色剤とを含むものであることも好ましい。
The colorant contained in the coloring composition of the present invention preferably contains at least one selected from the group consisting of a yellow colorant, a green colorant, and a red colorant, and more preferably contains at least a yellow colorant. In addition, the yellow colorant preferably contains a specific compound described below.
It is also preferable that the colorant contains at least one selected from a green colorant and a red colorant, and a yellow colorant.
本発明の着色組成物に含まれる着色剤は、顔料と顔料誘導体とを含むものであることが好ましい。顔料誘導体としては、色素骨格に酸基または塩基性基が結合した構造を有する化合物が挙げられる。顔料誘導体の含有量は、顔料100質量部に対して1~30質量部であることが好ましく、3~20質量部であることがより好ましい。顔料誘導体は、1種のみを用いてもよいし、2種以上を併用してもよい。 The colorant contained in the coloring composition of the present invention preferably contains a pigment and a pigment derivative. Examples of the pigment derivative include compounds having a structure in which an acid group or a basic group is bonded to a colorant skeleton. The content of the pigment derivative is preferably 1 to 30 parts by mass, and more preferably 3 to 20 parts by mass, per 100 parts by mass of the pigment. Only one type of pigment derivative may be used, or two or more types may be used in combination.
顔料および顔料誘導体の平均一次粒子径は、1~200nmが好ましい。下限は5nm以上が好ましく、10nm以上がより好ましい。上限は、180nm以下が好ましく、150nm以下がより好ましく、100nm以下が更に好ましい。なお、本明細書において、顔料および顔料誘導体の一次粒子径は、顔料および顔料誘導体の一次粒子を透過型電子顕微鏡により観察し、得られた写真から求めることができる。具体的には、顔料の一次粒子の投影面積を求め、それに対応する円相当径を顔料の一次粒子径として算出する。また、本発明における平均一次粒子径は、400個の顔料の一次粒子についての一次粒子径の算術平均値とする。また、顔料の一次粒子とは、凝集のない独立した粒子をいう。顔料誘導体の平均一次粒子径についても同様である。 The average primary particle diameter of the pigment and pigment derivative is preferably 1 to 200 nm. The lower limit is preferably 5 nm or more, more preferably 10 nm or more. The upper limit is preferably 180 nm or less, more preferably 150 nm or less, and even more preferably 100 nm or less. In this specification, the primary particle diameter of the pigment and pigment derivative can be determined from a photograph obtained by observing the primary particles of the pigment and pigment derivative with a transmission electron microscope. Specifically, the projected area of the primary particles of the pigment is determined, and the corresponding circle equivalent diameter is calculated as the primary particle diameter of the pigment. The average primary particle diameter in the present invention is the arithmetic mean value of the primary particle diameters of 400 primary particles of the pigment. The primary particles of the pigment refer to independent particles that are not aggregated. The same applies to the average primary particle diameter of the pigment derivative.
顔料および顔料誘導体の、CuKα線をX線源としたときのX線回折スペクトルにおけるいずれかの結晶面に由来するピークの半値幅より求めた結晶子サイズは、0.1~100nmであることが好ましく、0.5~50nmであることがより好ましく、1~30nmであることが更に好ましく、5~25nmであることが特に好ましい。 The crystallite size of the pigment or pigment derivative, determined from the half-width of a peak derived from any crystal plane in the X-ray diffraction spectrum when CuKα radiation is used as the X-ray source, is preferably 0.1 to 100 nm, more preferably 0.5 to 50 nm, even more preferably 1 to 30 nm, and particularly preferably 5 to 25 nm.
顔料および顔料誘導体の比表面積は1~300m2/gであることが好ましい。下限は10m2/g以上であることが好ましく、30m2/g以上であることがより好ましい。上限は、250m2/g以下であることが好ましく、200m2/g以下であることがより好ましい。比表面積の値は、BET(Brunauer、EmmettおよびTeller)法に準じてDIN 66131:determination of the specific surface area of solids by gas adsorption(ガス吸着による固体の比表面積の測定)に従って測定することができる。 The specific surface area of the pigment and pigment derivative is preferably 1 to 300 m 2 /g. The lower limit is preferably 10 m 2 /g or more, more preferably 30 m 2 /g or more. The upper limit is preferably 250 m 2 /g or less, more preferably 200 m 2 /g or less. The value of the specific surface area can be measured according to DIN 66131: determination of the specific surface area of solids by gas adsorption in accordance with the BET (Brunauer, Emmett and Teller) method.
<<<特定化合物>>>
本発明の着色組成物に含まれる着色剤は、式(1)で表される化合物を含むものが用いられる。式(1)で表される化合物は、本発明の化合物でもある。以下、式(1)で表される化合物を特定化合物ともいう。
The colorant contained in the coloring composition of the present invention contains a compound represented by formula (1). The compound represented by formula (1) is also the compound of the present invention. The compound represented by (1) is also called a specific compound.
-A1およびA2について-
式(1)のA1およびA2は、それぞれ独立して環状構造を表す。環状構造としては、脂肪族炭化水素環、芳香族炭化水素環および複素環が挙げられ、芳香族炭化水素環または複素環であることが好ましく、芳香族炭化水素環であることがより好ましい。環状構造は、単環であってもよく、縮合環であってもよい。A1およびA2が表す環状構造の具体例としては、ベンゼン環、ナフタレン環、アントラセン環、アゾール環、フラン環、チオール環、ピリジン環、ピリダジン環、ピリミジン環、ピラジン環、キノリン環、イソキノリン環およびキノキサリン環が挙げられ、ベンゼン環、ナフタレン環またはピラジン環であることが好ましい。
A1およびA2はが表す環状構造は、置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としては、後述する置換基Tおよび後述する式(R-1)で表される基が挙げられる。式(R-1)で表される基以外の置換基としては、ハロゲン原子、アルキル基、アルコキシ基、チオアルコキシ基またはアルキルスルホニル基であることが好ましい。
- Regarding A1 and A2 -
A 1 and A 2 in formula (1) each independently represent a cyclic structure. Examples of the cyclic structure include an aliphatic hydrocarbon ring, an aromatic hydrocarbon ring, and a heterocycle, and it is preferably an aromatic hydrocarbon ring or a heterocycle, and more preferably an aromatic hydrocarbon ring. The cyclic structure may be a single ring or a condensed ring. Specific examples of the cyclic structure represented by A 1 and A 2 include a benzene ring, a naphthalene ring, an anthracene ring, an azole ring, a furan ring, a thiol ring, a pyridine ring, a pyridazine ring, a pyrimidine ring, a pyrazine ring, a quinoline ring, an isoquinoline ring, and a quinoxaline ring, and it is preferably a benzene ring, a naphthalene ring, or a pyrazine ring.
The cyclic structure represented by A1 and A2 may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include the substituent T described below and a group represented by formula (R-1) described below. The substituent other than the group represented by formula (R-1) is preferably a halogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, a thioalkoxy group, or an alkylsulfonyl group.
-B1およびB2について-
式(1)のB1およびB2は、それぞれ独立して、O、Sまたは式(B-1)で表される基を表し、Oまたは式(B-1)で表される基であることが好ましく、式(B-1)で表される基であることがより好ましい。
B1 and B2 in formula (1) each independently represent O, S, or a group represented by formula (B-1), preferably O or a group represented by formula (B-1), and more preferably a group represented by formula (B-1).
式(B-1)のRB1およびRB2は、それぞれ独立して水素原子または置換基を表す。置換基としては、後述する置換基Tおよび後述する式(R-1)で表される基が挙げられ、アルキル基、アリール基、シアノ基、アシル基、アシルオキシ基またはアシルアミノ基であることが好ましい。RB1およびRB2のいずれか一方は、シアノ基、アシル基、アシルオキシ基またはアシルアミノ基であることが好ましく、分子間相互作用が向上するという理由からRB1およびRB2は、それぞれ独立してシアノ基、アシル基、アシルオキシ基またはアシルアミノ基であることがより好ましい。 R B1 and R B2 in formula (B-1) each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent. Examples of the substituent include the substituent T described below and a group represented by formula (R-1) described below, and are preferably an alkyl group, an aryl group, a cyano group, an acyl group, an acyloxy group, or an acylamino group. Either R B1 or R B2 is preferably a cyano group, an acyl group, an acyloxy group, or an acylamino group, and it is more preferable that R B1 and R B2 are each independently a cyano group, an acyl group, an acyloxy group, or an acylamino group, because this improves intermolecular interaction.
式(B-1)において、RB1とRB2は結合して環を形成していてもよい。形成される環は、単環であってもよく、縮合環であってもよい。形成される環の具体例としては、バルビツール酸環、インダンジオン環などが挙げられる。形成される環は、置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としては、後述する置換基Tおよび後述する式(R-1)で表される基が挙げられる。式(R-1)で表される基以外の置換基としては、ハロゲン原子、アルキル基、アルコキシ基、チオアルコキシ基またはアルキルスルホニル基であることが好ましい。 In formula (B-1), R B1 and R B2 may be bonded to form a ring. The ring formed may be a single ring or a condensed ring. Specific examples of the ring formed include a barbituric acid ring and an indandione ring. The ring formed may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include a substituent T described below and a group represented by formula (R-1) described below. The substituent other than the group represented by formula (R-1) is preferably a halogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, a thioalkoxy group, or an alkylsulfonyl group.
-L1について-
式(1)のL1は、式(L-1)で表される基を表す。
L 1 in formula (1) represents a group represented by formula (L-1).
式(L-1)のXL1およびXL2は、それぞれ独立してOまたはSを表し、得られる膜の耐熱性をより向上させることができるという理由からOであることが好ましい。 X 1 L1 and X 1 L2 in formula (L-1) each independently represent O or S, and are preferably O since this can further improve the heat resistance of the resulting film.
式(L-1)のC1は、縮合環構造、または、6員環以上の単環の環状構造を表す。
C1が縮合環構造である場合、C1表す縮合環構造に含まれる環の個数は、2~8個であることが好ましく、2~6個であることがより好ましい。
C1が単環の環状構造である場合、C1表す環状構造は6~8員環の単環の環状構造であることが好ましく、6員環の単環の環状構造であることがより好ましい。
C1 in formula (L-1) represents a fused ring structure or a monocyclic structure having six or more members.
When C1 is a fused ring structure, the fused ring structure represented by C1 preferably contains 2 to 8 rings, and more preferably 2 to 6 rings.
When C1 is a monocyclic ring structure, the ring structure represented by C1 is preferably a 6- to 8-membered monocyclic ring structure, and more preferably a 6-membered monocyclic ring structure.
式(L-1)のL1は式(L-1)~(L-5)のいずれかで表される基であることが好ましい。
-置換基Tについて-
置換基Tとして、次の基が挙げられる。ハロゲン原子(例えば、フッ素原子、塩素原子、臭素原子、ヨウ素原子)、アルキル基(好ましくは炭素数1~30のアルキル基)、アルケニル基(好ましくは炭素数2~30のアルケニル基)、アルキニル基(好ましくは炭素数2~30のアルキニル基)、アリール基(好ましくは炭素数6~30のアリール基)、ヘテロアリール基(好ましくは炭素数1~30のヘテロアリール基)、アミノ基(好ましくは炭素数0~30のアミノ基)、アルコキシ基(好ましくは炭素数1~30のアルコキシ基)、アリールオキシ基(好ましくは炭素数6~30のアリールオキシ基)、ヘテロアリールオキシ基(好ましくは炭素数1~30のヘテロアリールオキシ基)、アシル基(好ましくは炭素数2~30のアシル基)、アルコキシカルボニル基(好ましくは炭素数2~30のアルコキシカルボニル基)、アリールオキシカルボニル基(好ましくは炭素数7~30のアリールオキシカルボニル基)、ヘテロアリールオキシカルボニル基(好ましくは炭素数2~30のヘテロアリールオキシカルボニル基)、アシルオキシ基(好ましくは炭素数2~30のアシルオキシ基)、アシルアミノ基(好ましくは炭素数2~30のアシルアミノ基)、アミノカルボニルアミノ基(好ましくは炭素数2~30のアミノカルボニルアミノ基)、アルコキシカルボニルアミノ基(好ましくは炭素数2~30のアルコキシカルボニルアミノ基)、アリールオキシカルボニルアミノ基(好ましくは炭素数7~30のアリールオキシカルボニルアミノ基)、スルファモイル基(好ましくは炭素数0~30のスルファモイル基)、スルファモイルアミノ基(好ましくは炭素数0~30のスルファモイルアミノ基)、カルバモイル基(好ましくは炭素数1~30のカルバモイル基)、アルキルチオ基(好ましくは炭素数1~30のアルキルチオ基)、アリールチオ基(好ましくは炭素数6~30のアリールチオ基)、ヘテロアリールチオ基(好ましくは炭素数1~30のヘテロアリールチオ基)、アルキルスルホニル基(好ましくは炭素数1~30のアルキルスルホニル基)、アルキルスルホニルアミノ基(好ましくは炭素数1~30のアルキルスルホニルアミノ基)、アリールスルホニル基(好ましくは炭素数6~30のアリールスルホニル基)、アリールスルホニルアミノ基(好ましくは炭素数6~30のアリールスルホニルアミノ基)、ヘテロアリールスルホニル基(好ましくは炭素数1~30のヘテロアリールスルホニル基)、ヘテロアリールスルホニルアミノ基(好ましくは炭素数1~30のヘテロアリールスルホニルアミノ基)、アルキルスルフィニル基(好ましくは炭素数1~30のアルキルスルフィニル基)、アリールスルフィニル基(好ましくは炭素数6~30のアリールスルフィニル基)、ヘテロアリールスルフィニル基(好ましくは炭素数1~30のヘテロアリールスルフィニル基)、ウレイド基(好ましくは炭素数1~30のウレイド基)、ヒドロキシ基、ニトロ基、カルボキシ基、スルホ基、リン酸基、カルボン酸アミド基、スルホン酸アミド基、イミド基、ホスフィノ基、メルカプト基、シアノ基、アルキルスルフィノ基、アリールスルフィノ基、アリールアゾ基、ヘテロアリールアゾ基、ホスフィニル基、ホスフィニルオキシ基、ホスフィニルアミノ基、シリル基、ヒドラジノ基、イミノ基、重合性基(例えば、ビニル基、(メタ)アリル基、(メタ)アクリロイル基、(メタ)アクリロイルオキシ基および(メタ)アクリロイルアミノ基などのエチレン性不飽和結合含有基)。これらの基は、さらに置換可能な基である場合、さらに置換基を有してもよい。置換基としては、上述した置換基Tで説明した基、および、後述する式(R-1)で表される基が挙げられる。
-Regarding the Substituent T-
Examples of the substituent T include the following groups: a halogen atom (e.g., a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, an iodine atom), an alkyl group (preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms), an alkenyl group (preferably an alkenyl group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms), an alkynyl group (preferably an alkynyl group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms), an aryl group (preferably an aryl group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms), a heteroaryl group (preferably a heteroaryl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms), an amino group (preferably an amino group having 0 to 30 carbon atoms), an alkoxy group (preferably an alkoxy group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms), an aryloxy group (preferably an aryloxy group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms), a heteroaryloxy group (preferably a heteroaryloxy group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms), an acyl group (preferably an acyl group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms), an alkoxycarbonyl group (preferably an alkoxycarbonyl group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms), an aryloxycarbonyl group (preferably an alkoxycarbonyl group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms), an aryloxycarbonyl group (preferably an aryl ... a aryl group (preferably an aryloxycarbonyl group having 7 to 30 carbon atoms), a heteroaryloxycarbonyl group (preferably a heteroaryloxycarbonyl group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms), an acyloxy group (preferably an acyloxy group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms), an acylamino group (preferably an acylamino group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms), an aminocarbonylamino group (preferably an aminocarbonylamino group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms), an alkoxycarbonylamino group (preferably an alkoxycarbonylamino group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms), an aryloxycarbonylamino group (preferably an aryloxycarbonylamino group having 7 to 30 carbon atoms), a sulfamoyl group (preferably a sulfamoyl group having 0 to 30 carbon atoms), a sulfamoylamino group (preferably a sulfamoylamino group having 0 to 30 carbon atoms), a carbamoyl group (preferably a carbamoylamino group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms), a heteroarylthio group (preferably a heteroarylthio group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms), an alkylsulfonyl group (preferably an alkylsulfonyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms), an arylthio group (preferably an arylthio group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms), a heteroarylthio group (preferably a heteroarylthio group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms), an alkylsulfonyl group (preferably an alkylsulfonyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms), an alkylsulfonylamino group (preferably an alkylsulfonylamino group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms), an arylsulfonyl group (preferably an arylsulfonylamino group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms), an arylsulfonylamino group (preferably an arylsulfonylamino group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms), a heteroarylsulfonyl group (preferably a heteroarylsulfonyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms), a heteroarylsulfonylamino group (preferably a heteroarylsulfonylamino group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms), an alkylsulfinyl group (preferably a 30 alkylsulfinyl group), arylsulfinyl group (preferably an arylsulfinyl group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms), heteroarylsulfinyl group (preferably a heteroarylsulfinyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms), ureido group (preferably a ureido group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms), hydroxy group, nitro group, carboxy group, sulfo group, phosphoric acid group, carboxylic acid amide group, sulfonic acid amide group, imido group, phosphino group, mercapto group, cyano group, alkylsulfino group, arylsulfino group, arylazo group, heteroarylazo group, phosphinyl group, phosphinyloxy group, phosphinylamino group, silyl group, hydrazino group, imino group, polymerizable group (for example, ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group such as vinyl group, (meth)allyl group, (meth)acryloyl group, (meth)acryloyloxy group, and (meth)acryloylamino group). When these groups are further substitutable groups, they may further have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include the groups explained above for the substituent T and the groups represented by the formula (R-1) described below.
-式(R-1)で表される基について-
-LR1-(YR1)n ・・・(R-1)
式(R-1)中、LR1は単結合またはn+1価の連結基を表し、
YR1は酸基または塩基性基を表し、
nは1~4の整数を表し、LR1が単結合の場合、nは1である。
--Regarding the group represented by formula (R-1)--
-L R1 -(Y R1 ) n ...(R-1)
In formula (R-1), L R1 represents a single bond or an (n+1)-valent linking group,
Y R1 represents an acid group or a basic group;
n represents an integer of 1 to 4, and n is 1 when L 3 R1 is a single bond.
式(R-1)のLR1は単結合またはn+1価の連結基を表す。YR1が塩基性基の場合は、LR1はn+1価の連結基であることが好ましい。 In formula (R-1), L 1 R1 represents a single bond or a linking group having a valence of n+1. When Y 1 R1 is a basic group, L 1 R1 is preferably a linking group having a valence of n+1.
LR1が表すn+1価の連結基としては、脂肪族炭化水素基、芳香族炭化水素基、複素環基、-O-、-S-、-CO-、-COO-、-OCO-、-SO2-、-NRL10-、-N<、-NRL10CO-、-CONRL10-、-NRL10SO2-、-SO2NRL10-およびこれらの組み合わせからなる基が挙げられる。RL10は水素原子、アルキル基またはアリール基を表す。 Examples of the n+1-valent linking group represented by L R1 include an aliphatic hydrocarbon group, an aromatic hydrocarbon group, a heterocyclic group, -O-, -S-, -CO-, -COO-, -OCO-, -SO 2 -, -NR L10 -, -N<, -NR L10 CO-, -CONR L10 -, -NR L10 SO 2 -, -SO 2 NR L10 -, and groups consisting of combinations thereof. R L10 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, or an aryl group.
脂肪族炭化水素基は、飽和脂肪族炭化水素基であってもよく、不飽和脂肪族炭化水素基であってもよい。また、脂肪族炭化水素基は、直鎖、分岐、環状のいずれであってもよい。脂肪族炭化水素基の炭素数は、1~30が好ましく、1~20がより好ましく、1~10が更に好ましく、1~5が特に好ましい。
芳香族炭化水素基の炭素数は、6~20であることが好ましく、6~12であることがより好ましく、6であることが更に好ましい。
複素環基は、単環または縮合数が2~4の縮合環が好ましい。複素環基の環を構成するヘテロ原子の数は1~3が好ましい。複素環基の環を構成するヘテロ原子は、窒素原子、酸素原子または硫黄原子が好ましい。複素環基の環を構成する炭素原子の数は3~30が好ましく、3~18がより好ましく、3~12がより好ましい。
脂肪族炭化水素基、芳香族炭化水素基および複素環基は置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としては、アルキル基およびアリール基などが挙げられる。
The aliphatic hydrocarbon group may be a saturated aliphatic hydrocarbon group or an unsaturated aliphatic hydrocarbon group. The aliphatic hydrocarbon group may be linear, branched, or cyclic. The number of carbon atoms in the aliphatic hydrocarbon group is preferably 1 to 30, more preferably 1 to 20, even more preferably 1 to 10, and particularly preferably 1 to 5.
The aromatic hydrocarbon group preferably has 6 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 12 carbon atoms, and even more preferably 6 carbon atoms.
The heterocyclic group is preferably a single ring or a condensed ring having 2 to 4 condensed rings. The number of heteroatoms constituting the ring of the heterocyclic group is preferably 1 to 3. The heteroatoms constituting the ring of the heterocyclic group are preferably nitrogen atoms, oxygen atoms, or sulfur atoms. The number of carbon atoms constituting the ring of the heterocyclic group is preferably 3 to 30, more preferably 3 to 18, and more preferably 3 to 12.
The aliphatic hydrocarbon group, aromatic hydrocarbon group and heterocyclic group may have a substituent, such as an alkyl group or an aryl group.
式(R-1)のYR1は酸基または塩基性基を表す。YR1が表す酸基としては、カルボキシ基、スルホ基、リン酸基、ボロン酸基、イミド酸基及びこれらの塩等が挙げられる。塩を構成する原子または原子団としては、アルカリ金属イオン(Li+、Na+、K+など)、アルカリ土類金属イオン(Ca2+、Mg2+など)、アンモニウムイオン、イミダゾリウムイオン、ピリジニウムイオン、ホスホニウムイオンなどが挙げられる。イミド酸基としては、-SO2NHSO2RX1、-CONHSO2RX2、-CONHCORX3または-SO2NHCORX4が好ましく、-SO2NHSO2RX1、-CONHSO2RX2、または-SO2NHCORX4がより好ましく、-SO2NHSO2RX1または-CONHSO2RX2が更に好ましい。RX1~RX4は、それぞれ独立に、アルキル基またはアリール基を表す。RX1~RX4が表すアルキル基及びアリール基は、置換基を有してもよい。置換基としてはハロゲン原子であることが好ましく、フッ素原子であることがより好ましい。RX1~RX4は、それぞれ独立に、フッ素原子を含むアルキル基またはフッ素原子を含むアリール基であることが好ましく、フッ素原子を含むアルキル基であることがより好ましい。フッ素原子を含むアルキル基の炭素数は1~10が好ましく、1~5がより好ましく、1~3が更に好ましい。フッ素原子を含むアリール基の炭素数は6~20が好ましく、6~12がより好ましく、6が更に好ましい。 In formula (R-1), Y 1 R1 represents an acid group or a basic group. Examples of the acid group represented by Y 1 R1 include a carboxy group, a sulfo group, a phosphate group, a boronic acid group, an imidic acid group, and salts thereof. Examples of the atom or atomic group constituting the salt include an alkali metal ion (Li + , Na + , K + , etc.), an alkaline earth metal ion (Ca 2+ , Mg 2+ , etc.), an ammonium ion, an imidazolium ion, a pyridinium ion, and a phosphonium ion. As the imide acid group, -SO 2 NHSO 2 R X1 , -CONHSO 2 R X2 , -CONHCOR X3 or -SO 2 NHCOR X4 is preferable, -SO 2 NHSO 2 R X1 , -CONHSO 2 R X2 or -SO 2 NHCOR X4 is more preferable, and -SO 2 NHSO 2 R X1 or -CONHSO 2 R X2 is even more preferable. R X1 to R X4 each independently represent an alkyl group or an aryl group. The alkyl group and aryl group represented by R X1 to R X4 may have a substituent. The substituent is preferably a halogen atom, more preferably a fluorine atom. R X1 to R X4 each independently represent an alkyl group containing a fluorine atom or an aryl group containing a fluorine atom, more preferably an alkyl group containing a fluorine atom. The number of carbon atoms in the alkyl group containing a fluorine atom is preferably 1 to 10, more preferably 1 to 5, and still more preferably 1 to 3. The number of carbon atoms in the aryl group containing a fluorine atom is preferably 6 to 20, more preferably 6 to 12, and still more preferably 6.
YR1が表す塩基性基としては、アミノ基、ピリジニル基およびその塩、アンモニウム基の塩、並びにフタルイミドメチル基が挙げられる。塩を構成する原子または原子団としては、水酸化物イオン、ハロゲンイオン、カルボン酸イオン、スルホン酸イオン、フェノキシドイオンなどが挙げられる。アミノ基としては、-NRx11Rx12で表される基、および、環状アミノ基が挙げられる。 Examples of the basic group represented by YR1 include an amino group, a pyridinyl group and its salt, an ammonium salt, and a phthalimidomethyl group. Examples of the atom or atomic group constituting the salt include a hydroxide ion, a halogen ion, a carboxylate ion, a sulfonate ion, and a phenoxide ion. Examples of the amino group include a group represented by -NRx11Rx12 and a cyclic amino group.
-NRx11Rx12で表される基において、Rx11およびRx12は、それぞれ独立して、水素原子、アルキル基またはアリール基を表し、アルキル基であることが好ましい。すなわち、アミノ基は、ジアルキルアミノ基であることが好ましい。アルキル基の炭素数は、1~10が好ましく、1~5がより好ましく、1~3が更に好ましい。アルキル基は、直鎖状、分岐状、環状のいずれでもよいが、直鎖状または分岐状が好ましく、直鎖がより好ましい。アルキル基は、置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としては上述した置換基Tが挙げられる。アリール基の炭素数は、6~30が好ましく、6~20がより好ましく、6~12が更に好ましい。アリール基は、置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としては上述した置換基Tが挙げられる。 In the group represented by -NR x11 R x12 , R x11 and R x12 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group, and are preferably an alkyl group. That is, the amino group is preferably a dialkylamino group. The number of carbon atoms of the alkyl group is preferably 1 to 10, more preferably 1 to 5, and even more preferably 1 to 3. The alkyl group may be linear, branched, or cyclic, but is preferably linear or branched, and more preferably linear. The alkyl group may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include the above-mentioned substituent T. The number of carbon atoms of the aryl group is preferably 6 to 30, more preferably 6 to 20, and even more preferably 6 to 12. The aryl group may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include the above-mentioned substituent T.
環状アミノ基としては、ピロリジン基、ピペリジン基、ピペラジン基、モルホリン基などが挙げられる。これらの基は更に置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としては上述した置換基Tが挙げられる。 Examples of cyclic amino groups include pyrrolidine groups, piperidine groups, piperazine groups, and morpholine groups. These groups may further have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include the substituent T described above.
式(R-1)のnは1~4の整数を表し、1または2であることが好ましく、1であることがより好ましい。 In formula (R-1), n represents an integer from 1 to 4, preferably 1 or 2, and more preferably 1.
特定化合物は、顔料であってもよく、染料であってもよい。また、特定化合物は、顔料誘導体であってもよい。特定化合物を顔料誘導体として用いる場合には、特定化合物は、置換基として式(R-1)で表される基を有する化合物であることが好ましい。 The specific compound may be a pigment or a dye. The specific compound may also be a pigment derivative. When the specific compound is used as a pigment derivative, it is preferable that the specific compound is a compound having a group represented by formula (R-1) as a substituent.
特定化合物の極大吸収波長は、波長350~600nmの範囲に存在することが好ましく、波長400~600nmの範囲に存在することがより好ましい。また、特定化合物は、黄色着色剤であることが好ましい。 The maximum absorption wavelength of the specific compound is preferably in the wavelength range of 350 to 600 nm, and more preferably in the wavelength range of 400 to 600 nm. In addition, the specific compound is preferably a yellow colorant.
特定化合物の具体例としては、後述する実施例に記載の化合物(P-1)~(P-33)が挙げられる。化合物(P-1)~(P-27)は顔料として用いられる。また、化合物(P-28)~(P-33)は顔料として用いることもでき、顔料誘導体として用いることもできる。 Specific examples of specific compounds include compounds (P-1) to (P-33) described in the Examples below. Compounds (P-1) to (P-27) are used as pigments. Compounds (P-28) to (P-33) can also be used as pigments, and can also be used as pigment derivatives.
<<<他の着色剤>>>
本発明の着色組成物に含まれる着色剤は、上述した特定化合物以外の着色剤(以下、他の着色剤ともいう)を更に含有することができる。併用する他の着色剤としては、緑色着色剤、赤色着色剤、黄色着色剤、紫色着色剤、青色着色剤、オレンジ色着色剤などが挙げられる。また、他の着色剤には、顔料誘導体を用いることもできる。
<<<Other colorants>>>
The colorant contained in the coloring composition of the present invention may further contain a colorant other than the specific compound described above (hereinafter, also referred to as other colorant). Examples of other colorants that may be used in combination include green colorants, red colorants, yellow colorants, purple colorants, blue colorants, and orange colorants. In addition, pigment derivatives may also be used as the other colorants.
他の着色剤は、緑色着色剤、赤色着色剤、黄色着色剤およびオレンジ色着色剤から選ばれる少なくとも1種を含むものであることが好ましく、緑色着色剤、赤色着色剤および黄色着色剤から選ばれる少なくとも1種を含むものであることがより好ましく、緑色着色剤および赤色着色剤から選ばれる少なくとも1種を含むものであることが更に好ましい。 The other colorants preferably include at least one selected from a green colorant, a red colorant, a yellow colorant, and an orange colorant, more preferably include at least one selected from a green colorant, a red colorant, and a yellow colorant, and even more preferably include at least one selected from a green colorant and a red colorant.
赤色着色剤としては、ジケトピロロピロール化合物、アントラキノン化合物、アゾ化合物、ナフトール化合物、アゾメチン化合物、キサンテン化合物、キナクリドン化合物、ペリレン化合物、チオインジゴ化合物などが挙げられ、ジケトピロロピロール化合物、アントラキノン化合物、アゾ化合物であることが好ましく、ジケトピロロピロール化合物であることがより好ましい。また、赤色着色剤は顔料であることが好ましく、ジケトピロロピロール顔料であることがより好ましい。 Red colorants include diketopyrrolopyrrole compounds, anthraquinone compounds, azo compounds, naphthol compounds, azomethine compounds, xanthene compounds, quinacridone compounds, perylene compounds, and thioindigo compounds, with diketopyrrolopyrrole compounds, anthraquinone compounds, and azo compounds being preferred, and diketopyrrolopyrrole compounds being more preferred. The red colorant is also preferably a pigment, and diketopyrrolopyrrole pigments are more preferred.
赤色着色剤の具体例としては、C.I.(カラーインデックス)ピグメントレッド1,2,3,4,5,6,7,9,10,14,17,22,23,31,38,41,48:1,48:2,48:3,48:4,49,49:1,49:2,52:1,52:2,53:1,57:1,60:1,63:1,66,67,81:1,81:2,81:3,83,88,90,105,112,119,122,123,144,146,149,150,155,166,168,169,170,171,172,175,176,177,178,179,184,185,187,188,190,200,202,206,207,208,209,210,216,220,224,226,242,246,254,255,264,269,270,272,279,291,294,295,296,297等の赤色顔料が挙げられる。また、赤色着色剤として、国際公開第2022/085485号の段落番号0034に記載の化合物、特開2020-085947号公報に記載の臭素化ジケトピロロピロール化合物を用いることもできる。 Specific examples of red colorants include C.I. (Color Index) Pigment Red 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 9, 10, 14, 17, 22, 23, 31, 38, 41, 48:1, 48:2, 48:3, 48:4, 49, 49:1, 49:2, 52:1, 52:2, 53:1, 57:1, 60:1, 63:1, 66, 67, 81:1, 81:2, 81:3, 83, 88, 90, 105, 112, 119, 122, 123, 144, 146, 149, Examples of red pigments include 150, 155, 166, 168, 169, 170, 171, 172, 175, 176, 177, 178, 179, 184, 185, 187, 188, 190, 200, 202, 206, 207, 208, 209, 210, 216, 220, 224, 226, 242, 246, 254, 255, 264, 269, 270, 272, 279, 291, 294, 295, 296, and 297. In addition, as a red colorant, a compound described in paragraph 0034 of International Publication No. 2022/085485 and a brominated diketopyrrolopyrrole compound described in JP-A-2020-085947 can also be used.
赤色着色剤としては、C.I.ピグメントレッド122,177,224,254,255,264,269,272が好ましく、C.I.ピグメントレッド254,264,272がより好ましく、C.I.ピグメントレッド254,264が更に好ましい。 As red colorants, C.I. Pigment Red 122, 177, 224, 254, 255, 264, 269, and 272 are preferred, C.I. Pigment Red 254, 264, and 272 are more preferred, and C.I. Pigment Red 254 and 264 are even more preferred.
緑色着色剤としては、フタロシアニン化合物、スクアリリウム化合物などが挙げられ、より耐熱拡散性に優れた膜を形成しやすいという理由から、フタロシアニン化合物であることが好ましい。また、緑色着色剤は顔料であることが好ましく、フタロシアニン顔料であることがより好ましい。 Green colorants include phthalocyanine compounds and squarylium compounds, with phthalocyanine compounds being preferred because they are more likely to form a film with excellent heat diffusion resistance. The green colorant is preferably a pigment, and more preferably a phthalocyanine pigment.
緑色着色剤の具体例としては、C.I.ピグメントグリーン7,10,36,37,58,59,62,63,64,65,66等の緑色顔料が挙げられる。また、緑色着色剤として、1分子中のハロゲン原子数が平均10~14個であり、臭素原子数が平均8~12個であり、塩素原子数が平均2~5個であるハロゲン化亜鉛フタロシアニン顔料を用いることもできる。具体例としては、国際公開第2015/118720号に記載の化合物が挙げられる。また、緑色着色剤として国際公開第2022/085485号の段落番号0029に記載の化合物、特開2020-070426号公報に記載のアルミニウムフタロシアニン化合物、特表2020-504758号公報に記載のジアリールメタン化合物などを用いることもできる。 Specific examples of green colorants include green pigments such as C.I. Pigment Green 7, 10, 36, 37, 58, 59, 62, 63, 64, 65, and 66. In addition, halogenated zinc phthalocyanine pigments having an average of 10 to 14 halogen atoms, an average of 8 to 12 bromine atoms, and an average of 2 to 5 chlorine atoms in one molecule can also be used as green colorants. Specific examples include the compounds described in WO 2015/118720. In addition, compounds described in paragraph 0029 of WO 2022/085485, aluminum phthalocyanine compounds described in JP 2020-070426 A, and diarylmethane compounds described in JP 2020-504758 A can also be used as green colorants.
緑色着色剤としては、C.I.ピグメントグリーン7,36,58,62,63が好ましい。 Preferred green colorants are C.I. Pigment Green 7, 36, 58, 62, and 63.
オレンジ色着色剤としては、ジケトピロロピロール化合物およびアゾ化合物などが挙げられ、ジケトピロロピロール化合物であることが好ましい。オレンジ色着色剤は顔料であることが好ましい。オレンジ色着色剤の具体例としては、C.I.ピグメントオレンジ2,5,13,16,17:1,31,34,36,38,43,46,48,49,51,52,55,59,60,61,62,64,71,73等のオレンジ色顔料が挙げられる。 Orange colorants include diketopyrrolopyrrole compounds and azo compounds, and are preferably diketopyrrolopyrrole compounds. The orange colorant is preferably a pigment. Specific examples of orange colorants include orange pigments such as C.I. Pigment Orange 2, 5, 13, 16, 17:1, 31, 34, 36, 38, 43, 46, 48, 49, 51, 52, 55, 59, 60, 61, 62, 64, 71, and 73.
黄色着色剤としては、アゾ化合物、アゾメチン化合物、イソインドリン化合物、プテリジン化合物、キノフタロン化合物およびペリレン化合物が挙げられる。黄色着色剤は顔料であることが好ましい。黄色着色剤の具体例としては、C.I.ピグメントイエロー1,2,3,4,5,6,10,11,12,13,14,15,16,17,18,20,24,31,32,34,35,35:1,36,36:1,37,37:1,40,42,43,53,55,60,61,62,63,65,73,74,77,81,83,86,93,94,95,97,98,100,101,104,106,108,109,110,113,114,115,116,117,118,119,120,123,125,126,127,128,129,137,138,139,147,148,150,151,152,153,154,155,156,161,162,164,166,167,168,169,170,171,172,173,174,175,176,177,179,180,181,182,185,187,188,193,194,199,213,214,215,228,231,232,233,234,235,236等の黄色顔料が挙げられる。 Yellow colorants include azo compounds, azomethine compounds, isoindoline compounds, pteridine compounds, quinophthalone compounds, and perylene compounds. The yellow colorant is preferably a pigment. Specific examples of yellow colorants include C.I. Pigment Yellow 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 20, 24, 31, 32, 34, 35, 35:1, 36, 36:1, 37, 37:1, 40, 42, 43, 53, 55, 60, 61, 62, 63, 65, 73, 74, 77, 81, 83, 86, 93, 94, 95, 97, 98, 100, 101, 104, 106, 108, 109, 110, 113, 114, 115, 116, 117, 118, 119, 120, 123, 125 , 126, 127, 128, 129, 137, 138, 139, 147, 148, 150, 151, 152, 153, 154, 155, 156, 161, 162, 164, 166, 167, 168, 169, 170, 171, 172, 173, 174, 175, 176, 177, 179, 180, 181, 182, 185, 187, 188, 193, 194, 199, 213, 214, 215, 228, 231, 232, 233, 234, 235, 236, and other yellow pigments.
黄色着色剤としては、下記構造のアゾバルビツール酸ニッケル錯体を用いることもできる。
黄色着色剤として、国際公開第2022/085485号の段落番号0031~0033に記載の化合物、特開2019-073695号公報に記載のメチン染料、特開2019-073696号公報に記載のメチン染料を用いることができる。 As yellow colorants, the compounds described in paragraphs 0031 to 0033 of WO 2022/085485, the methine dyes described in JP 2019-073695 A, and the methine dyes described in JP 2019-073696 A can be used.
紫色着色剤としては、ジオキサジン化合物、キナクリドン化合物、ペリレン化合物、チオインジゴ化合物などが挙げられる。紫色着色剤は顔料であることが好ましい。紫色着色剤の具体例としては、C.I.ピグメントバイオレット1,19,23,27,32,37,42,60,61等の紫色顔料が挙げられる。 Examples of purple colorants include dioxazine compounds, quinacridone compounds, perylene compounds, and thioindigo compounds. The purple colorant is preferably a pigment. Specific examples of purple colorants include purple pigments such as C.I. Pigment Violet 1, 19, 23, 27, 32, 37, 42, 60, and 61.
青色着色剤としては、フタロシアニン化合物、スクアリリウム化合物などが挙げられ、フタロシアニン化合物であることが好ましい。青色着色剤は顔料であることが好ましい。青色着色剤の具体例としては、C.I.ピグメントブルー1,2,15,15:1,15:2,15:3,15:4,15:6,16,22,29,60,64,66,79,80,87,88等の青色顔料が挙げられる。また、青色着色剤として、リン原子を有するアルミニウムフタロシアニン化合物を用いることもできる。具体例としては、特開2012-247591号公報の段落番号0022~0030、特開2011-157478号公報の段落番号0047に記載の化合物が挙げられる。 Examples of blue colorants include phthalocyanine compounds and squarylium compounds, and phthalocyanine compounds are preferred. The blue colorant is preferably a pigment. Specific examples of blue colorants include blue pigments such as C.I. Pigment Blue 1, 2, 15, 15:1, 15:2, 15:3, 15:4, 15:6, 16, 22, 29, 60, 64, 66, 79, 80, 87, and 88. Aluminum phthalocyanine compounds having phosphorus atoms can also be used as blue colorants. Specific examples include the compounds described in paragraphs 0022 to 0030 of JP-A No. 2012-247591 and paragraph 0047 of JP-A No. 2011-157478.
他の着色剤には染料を用いることもできる。染料としては特に制限はなく、公知の染料が使用できる。例えば、ピラゾールアゾ系、アニリノアゾ系、トリアリールメタン系、アントラキノン系、アントラピリドン系、ベンジリデン系、オキソノール系、ピラゾロトリアゾールアゾ系、ピリドンアゾ系、シアニン系、フェノチアジン系、ピロロピラゾールアゾメチン系、キサンテン系、フタロシアニン系、ベンゾピラン系、インジゴ系、ピロメテン系等の染料が挙げられる。 Dyes can also be used as other colorants. There are no particular limitations on the dyes, and any known dyes can be used. Examples include pyrazole azo dyes, anilino azo dyes, triarylmethane dyes, anthraquinone dyes, anthrapyridone dyes, benzylidene dyes, oxonol dyes, pyrazolotriazole azo dyes, pyridone azo dyes, cyanine dyes, phenothiazine dyes, pyrrolopyrazole azomethine dyes, xanthene dyes, phthalocyanine dyes, benzopyran dyes, indigo dyes, and pyrromethene dyes.
他の着色剤には色素多量体を用いることもできる。色素多量体は、溶剤に溶解して用いられる染料であることが好ましい。また、色素多量体は、粒子を形成していてもよい。色素多量体が粒子である場合は通常溶剤に分散した状態で用いられる。粒子状態の色素多量体は、例えば乳化重合によって得ることができ、特開2015-214682号公報に記載されている化合物および製造方法が具体例として挙げられる。色素多量体は、一分子中に、色素構造を2以上有するものであり、色素構造を3以上有することが好ましい。上限は、特に限定はないが、100以下とすることもできる。一分子中に有する複数の色素構造は、同一の色素構造であってもよく、異なる色素構造であってもよい。色素多量体の重量平均分子量(Mw)は、2000~50000が好ましい。下限は、3000以上がより好ましく、6000以上がさらに好ましい。上限は、30000以下がより好ましく、20000以下がさらに好ましい。色素多量体は、特開2011-213925号公報、特開2013-041097号公報、特開2015-028144号公報、特開2015-030742号公報、国際公開第2016/031442号等に記載されている化合物を用いることもできる。 A dye polymer can also be used as the other colorant. The dye polymer is preferably a dye dissolved in a solvent before use. The dye polymer may form particles. When the dye polymer is in the form of particles, it is usually used in a state of being dispersed in a solvent. The dye polymer in a particle state can be obtained, for example, by emulsion polymerization, and examples of the compound and manufacturing method described in JP-A-2015-214682 include the compound and manufacturing method described therein. The dye polymer has two or more dye structures in one molecule, and preferably has three or more dye structures. There is no particular limit to the upper limit, but it can be 100 or less. The multiple dye structures in one molecule may be the same dye structure or different dye structures. The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the dye polymer is preferably 2,000 to 50,000. The lower limit is more preferably 3,000 or more, and even more preferably 6,000 or more. The upper limit is more preferably 30,000 or less, and even more preferably 20,000 or less. The dye multimer may be a compound described in JP2011-213925A, JP2013-041097A, JP2015-028144A, JP2015-030742A, WO2016/031442, etc.
他の着色剤として、韓国公開特許第10-2020-0028160号公報に記載されたトリアリールメタン染料ポリマー、特開2020-117638号公報に記載のキサンテン化合物、国際公開第2020/174991号に記載のフタロシアニン化合物、特開2020-160279号公報に記載のイソインドリン化合物又はそれらの塩、韓国公開特許第10-2020-0069442号公報に記載の式1で表される化合物、韓国公開特許第10-2020-0069730号公報に記載の式1で表される化合物、韓国公開特許第10-2020-0069070号公報に記載の式1で表される化合物、韓国公開特許第10-2020-0069067号公報に記載の式1で表される化合物、韓国公開特許第10-2020-0069062号公報に記載の式1で表される化合物、特許第6809649号に記載のハロゲン化亜鉛フタロシアニン顔料、特開2020-180176号公報に記載のイソインドリン化合物、特開2021-187913号公報に記載のフェノチアジン系化合物、国際公開第2022/004261号に記載のハロゲン化亜鉛フタロシアニン、国際公開第2021/250883号に記載のハロゲン化亜鉛フタロシアニンを用いることができる。他の着色剤は、ロタキサンであってもよく、色素骨格はロタキサンの環状構造に使用されていてもよく、棒状構造に使用されていてもよく、両方の構造に使用されていてもよい。他の着色剤として、韓国公開特許第10-2020-0030759号公報の式1で表されるキノフタロン化合物、韓国公開特許第10-2020-0061793号公報に記載の高分子染料、特開2022-029701号公報に記載の着色剤、国際公開第2022/014635号に記載のイソインドリン化合物、国際公開第2022/024926号に記載のアルミニウムフタロシアニン化合物、特開2022-045895号公報に記載の化合物、国際公開第2022/050051号に記載の化合物、特開2020-090676号公報に記載の化合物、特開2020-055956号公報に記載の化合物、特開2021-031681号公報に記載の化合物、特開2022-056354号公報に記載の化合物、米国特許出願公開第2021/0355327号明細書に記載の化合物、国際公開第2022/065357号に記載の化合物、特開2020-045436号公報に記載の化合物、韓国公開特許第10-2021-0146726号公報に記載の化合物、特開2018-178039号公報に記載の化合物、中国特許出願公開第113881244号明細書に記載の化合物、中国特許出願公開第113881245号明細書に記載の化合物、中国特許出願公開第113881246号明細書に記載の化合物、特開2022-104822号公報に記載の化合物、特開2022-096701号公報に記載の化合物、特開2020-023652号公報に記載の化合物、色材協会誌(2022年発行)の80~84ページに記載の緑色顔料等を用いることもできる。 Other colorants include triarylmethane dye polymers described in Korean Patent Publication No. 10-2020-0028160, xanthene compounds described in JP 2020-117638 A, phthalocyanine compounds described in WO 2020/174991, isoindoline compounds or salts thereof described in JP 2020-160279 A, compounds represented by formula 1 described in Korean Patent Publication No. 10-2020-0069442, compounds represented by formula 1 described in Korean Patent Publication No. 10-2020-0069730, and compounds represented by formula 1 described in Korean Patent Publication No. 10-2020-0069070. Compounds represented by formula 1 described in Korean Patent Publication No. 10-2020-0069067, compounds represented by formula 1 described in Korean Patent Publication No. 10-2020-0069062, halogenated zinc phthalocyanine pigments described in Japanese Patent No. 6809649, isoindoline compounds described in JP-A-2020-180176, phenothiazine compounds described in JP-A-2021-187913, halogenated zinc phthalocyanines described in WO 2022/004261, and halogenated zinc phthalocyanines described in WO 2021/250883 can be used. The other colorant may be a rotaxane, and the dye skeleton may be used in the cyclic structure of the rotaxane, may be used in the rod-shaped structure, or may be used in both structures. Other colorants include quinophthalone compounds represented by formula 1 in Korean Patent Publication No. 10-2020-0030759, polymer dyes described in Korean Patent Publication No. 10-2020-0061793, colorants described in JP-A-2022-029701, isoindoline compounds described in WO 2022/014635, aluminum phthalocyanine compounds described in WO 2022/024926, compounds described in JP-A-2022-045895, compounds described in WO 2022/050051, compounds described in JP-A-2020-090676, compounds described in JP-A-2020-055956, compounds described in JP-A-2021-031681, compounds described in JP-A-2022-056354, and compounds described in U.S. Patent Application Publication No. Compounds described in JP 2021/0355327, compounds described in WO 2022/065357, compounds described in JP 2020-045436, compounds described in Korean Patent Publication No. 10-2021-0146726, compounds described in JP 2018-178039, compounds described in Chinese Patent Application Publication No. 113881244, compounds described in Chinese Patent Application Publication No. 113881245, compounds described in Chinese Patent Application Publication No. 113881246, compounds described in JP 2022-104822, compounds described in JP 2022-096701, compounds described in JP 2020-023652, green pigments described on pages 80 to 84 of the Journal of the Color Materials Association (published in 2022), and the like can also be used.
本発明の着色組成物が緑色着色剤を含む場合は、カラーフィルタの緑色画素形成用の着色組成物として好ましく用いられる。また、本発明の着色組成物が赤色着色剤を含む場合は、カラーフィルタの赤色画素形成用の着色組成物として好ましく用いられる。 When the coloring composition of the present invention contains a green colorant, it is preferably used as a coloring composition for forming green pixels of a color filter. When the coloring composition of the present invention contains a red colorant, it is preferably used as a coloring composition for forming red pixels of a color filter.
また、着色組成物に含まれる着色剤は、2種以上の有彩色着色剤を含み、かつ、2種以上の有彩色着色剤の組み合わせで黒色を形成していてもよい。このような着色組成物は、赤外線透過フィルタ形成用の着色組成物として好ましく用いられる。2種以上の有彩色着色剤の組み合わせで黒色を形成する場合の有彩色着色剤の組み合わせとしては以下が挙げられる。
(1)赤色着色剤と青色着色剤と黄色着色剤とを含有する態様。
(2)赤色着色剤と青色着色剤と黄色着色剤と紫色着色剤とを含有する態様。
(3)赤色着色剤と青色着色剤と黄色着色剤と紫色着色剤と緑色着色剤とを含有する態様。
(4)赤色着色剤と青色着色剤と黄色着色剤と緑色着色剤とを含有する態様。
(5)黄色着色剤と紫色着色剤とを含有する態様。
In addition, the colorant contained in the coloring composition may contain two or more chromatic colorants, and may form a black color by combining two or more chromatic colorants. Such a coloring composition is preferably used as a coloring composition for forming an infrared transmission filter. Examples of the combination of chromatic colorants when forming a black color by combining two or more chromatic colorants include the following.
(1) An embodiment containing a red colorant, a blue colorant, and a yellow colorant.
(2) An embodiment containing a red colorant, a blue colorant, a yellow colorant, and a purple colorant.
(3) An embodiment containing a red colorant, a blue colorant, a yellow colorant, a purple colorant, and a green colorant.
(4) An embodiment containing a red colorant, a blue colorant, a yellow colorant, and a green colorant.
(5) An embodiment containing a yellow colorant and a purple colorant.
他の着色剤には、顔料誘導体を用いることもできる。顔料誘導体としては、色素構造およびトリアジン構造からなる群より選ばれる少なくとも1種の構造と、酸基または塩基性基とを有する化合物が挙げられる。 Other colorants that can be used include pigment derivatives. Examples of pigment derivatives include compounds that have at least one structure selected from the group consisting of a dye structure and a triazine structure, and an acid group or a basic group.
上記色素構造としては、キノリン色素構造、ベンゾイミダゾロン色素構造、ベンゾイソインドール色素構造、ベンゾチアゾール色素構造、イミニウム色素構造、スクアリリウム色素構造、クロコニウム色素構造、オキソノール色素構造、ピロロピロール色素構造、ジケトピロロピロール色素構造、アゾ色素構造、アゾメチン色素構造、フタロシアニン色素構造、ナフタロシアニン色素構造、アントラキノン色素構造、キナクリドン色素構造、ジオキサジン色素構造、ペリノン色素構造、ペリレン色素構造、チアジンインジゴ色素構造、チオインジゴ色素構造、イソインドリン色素構造、イソインドリノン色素構造、キノフタロン色素構造、ジチオール色素構造、トリアリールメタン色素構造、ピロメテン色素構造等が挙げられる。 The above dye structures include a quinoline dye structure, a benzimidazolone dye structure, a benzisoindole dye structure, a benzothiazole dye structure, an iminium dye structure, a squarylium dye structure, a croconium dye structure, an oxonol dye structure, a pyrrolopyrrole dye structure, a diketopyrrolopyrrole dye structure, an azo dye structure, an azomethine dye structure, a phthalocyanine dye structure, a naphthalocyanine dye structure, an anthraquinone dye structure, a quinacridone dye structure, a dioxazine dye structure, a perinone dye structure, a perylene dye structure, a thiazineindigo dye structure, a thioindigo dye structure, an isoindoline dye structure, an isoindolinone dye structure, a quinophthalone dye structure, a dithiol dye structure, a triarylmethane dye structure, and a pyrromethene dye structure.
顔料誘導体が有する酸基としては、カルボキシ基、スルホ基、リン酸基、ボロン酸基、イミド酸基及びこれらの塩等が挙げられる。塩を構成する原子または原子団としては、アルカリ金属イオン(Li+、Na+、K+など)、アルカリ土類金属イオン(Ca2+、Mg2+など)、アンモニウムイオン、イミダゾリウムイオン、ピリジニウムイオン、ホスホニウムイオンなどが挙げられる。イミド酸基としては、-SO2NHSO2RX1、-CONHSO2RX2、-CONHCORX3または-SO2NHCORX4が好ましく、-SO2NHSO2RX1、-CONHSO2RX2、または-SO2NHCORX4がより好ましく、-SO2NHSO2RX1または-CONHSO2RX2が更に好ましい。RX1~RX4は、それぞれ独立に、アルキル基またはアリール基を表す。RX1~RX4が表すアルキル基及びアリール基は、置換基を有してもよい。置換基としてはハロゲン原子であることが好ましく、フッ素原子であることがより好ましい。RX1~RX4は、それぞれ独立に、フッ素原子を含むアルキル基またはフッ素原子を含むアリール基であることが好ましく、フッ素原子を含むアルキル基であることがより好ましい。フッ素原子を含むアルキル基の炭素数は1~10が好ましく、1~5がより好ましく、1~3が更に好ましい。フッ素原子を含むアリール基の炭素数は6~20が好ましく、6~12がより好ましく、6が更に好ましい。 Examples of the acid group possessed by the pigment derivative include a carboxy group, a sulfo group, a phosphate group, a boronic acid group, an imide acid group, and salts thereof. Examples of the atom or atomic group constituting the salt include an alkali metal ion (Li + , Na + , K + , etc.), an alkaline earth metal ion (Ca 2+ , Mg 2+ , etc.), an ammonium ion, an imidazolium ion, a pyridinium ion, and a phosphonium ion. Examples of the imide acid group include -SO 2 NHSO 2 R X1 , -CONHSO 2 R X2 , -CONHCOR X3 , and -SO 2 NHCOR X4 , and -SO 2 NHSO 2 R X1 , -CONHSO 2 R X2 , and -SO 2 NHCOR X4 are more preferable, and -SO 2 NHSO 2 R X1 or -CONHSO 2 R X2 are even more preferable. R X1 to R X4 each independently represent an alkyl group or an aryl group. The alkyl group and aryl group represented by R X1 to R X4 may have a substituent. The substituent is preferably a halogen atom, more preferably a fluorine atom. R X1 to R X4 each independently represent an alkyl group containing a fluorine atom or an aryl group containing a fluorine atom, more preferably an alkyl group containing a fluorine atom. The number of carbon atoms of the alkyl group containing a fluorine atom is preferably 1 to 10, more preferably 1 to 5, and even more preferably 1 to 3. The number of carbon atoms of the aryl group containing a fluorine atom is preferably 6 to 20, more preferably 6 to 12, and even more preferably 6.
顔料誘導体が有する塩基性基としては、アミノ基、ピリジニル基およびその塩、アンモニウム基の塩、並びにフタルイミドメチル基が挙げられる。塩を構成する原子または原子団としては、水酸化物イオン、ハロゲンイオン、カルボン酸イオン、スルホン酸イオン、フェノキシドイオンなどが挙げられる。 Basic groups contained in pigment derivatives include amino groups, pyridinyl groups and their salts, salts of ammonium groups, and phthalimidomethyl groups. Atoms or atomic groups that constitute the salts include hydroxide ions, halogen ions, carboxylate ions, sulfonate ions, and phenoxide ions.
アミノ基としては、-NRx11Rx12で表される基、および、環状アミノ基が挙げられる。 Examples of the amino group include a group represented by --NR.sub.x11R.sub.x12 and a cyclic amino group.
-NRx11Rx12で表される基において、Rx11およびRx12は、それぞれ独立して、水素原子、アルキル基またはアリール基を表し、アルキル基であることが好ましい。すなわち、アミノ基は、ジアルキルアミノ基であることが好ましい。アルキル基の炭素数は、1~10が好ましく、1~5がより好ましく、1~3が更に好ましい。アルキル基は、直鎖状、分岐状、環状のいずれでもよいが、直鎖状または分岐状が好ましく、直鎖がより好ましい。アルキル基は、置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としては上述した置換基Tが挙げられる。アリール基の炭素数は、6~30が好ましく、6~20がより好ましく、6~12が更に好ましい。アリール基は、置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としては上述した置換基Tが挙げられる。 In the group represented by -NR x11 R x12 , R x11 and R x12 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group, and are preferably an alkyl group. That is, the amino group is preferably a dialkylamino group. The number of carbon atoms of the alkyl group is preferably 1 to 10, more preferably 1 to 5, and even more preferably 1 to 3. The alkyl group may be linear, branched, or cyclic, but is preferably linear or branched, and more preferably linear. The alkyl group may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include the above-mentioned substituent T. The number of carbon atoms of the aryl group is preferably 6 to 30, more preferably 6 to 20, and even more preferably 6 to 12. The aryl group may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include the above-mentioned substituent T.
環状アミノ基としては、ピロリジン基、ピペリジン基、ピペラジン基、モルホリン基などが挙げられる。これらの基は更に置換基を有していてもよい。 Cyclic amino groups include pyrrolidine groups, piperidine groups, piperazine groups, and morpholine groups. These groups may further have a substituent.
顔料誘導体は、可視透明性に優れた顔料誘導体(以下、透明顔料誘導体ともいう)を用いることもできる。透明顔料誘導体の400~700nmの波長領域におけるモル吸光係数の最大値(εmax)は3000L・mol-1・cm-1以下であることが好ましく、1000L・mol-1・cm-1以下であることがより好ましく、100L・mol-1・cm-1以下であることがさらに好ましい。εmaxの下限は、例えば1L・mol-1・cm-1以上であり、10L・mol-1・cm-1以上でもよい。 The pigment derivative may be a pigment derivative having excellent visible transparency (hereinafter, also referred to as a transparent pigment derivative). The maximum molar absorption coefficient (εmax) of the transparent pigment derivative in the wavelength region of 400 to 700 nm is preferably 3000 L·mol -1 ·cm -1 or less, more preferably 1000 L·mol -1 ·cm -1 or less, and even more preferably 100 L·mol-1·cm -1 or less. The lower limit of εmax is, for example, 1 L·mol - 1 ·cm -1 or more, and may be 10 L·mol -1 ·cm -1 or more.
顔料誘導体の具体例としては、後述する実施例に記載の化合物、国際公開第2022/085485号の段落0124に記載の化合物、特開2018-168244号公報に記載のベンゾイミダゾロン化合物又はそれらの塩、特許第6996282号の一般式(1)に記載のイソインドリン骨格を有する化合物などが挙げられる。 Specific examples of pigment derivatives include the compounds described in the Examples below, the compounds described in paragraph 0124 of WO 2022/085485, the benzimidazolone compounds or salts thereof described in JP 2018-168244 A, and the compounds having an isoindoline skeleton described in general formula (1) of Japanese Patent No. 6996282.
着色組成物の全固形分中における着色剤の含有量は、40質量%以上であることが好ましく、50質量%以上であることがより好ましく、55質量%以上であることが更に好ましい。上限は、80質量%以下であることが好ましく、75質量%以下であることがより好ましく、70質量%以下であることが更に好ましく、65質量%以下であることがより一層好ましい。 The content of the colorant in the total solid content of the coloring composition is preferably 40% by mass or more, more preferably 50% by mass or more, and even more preferably 55% by mass or more. The upper limit is preferably 80% by mass or less, more preferably 75% by mass or less, even more preferably 70% by mass or less, and even more preferably 65% by mass or less.
着色剤中における顔料の含有量は、20~100質量%であることが好ましく、50~100質量%であることがより好ましく、70~100質量%であることが更に好ましい。また、着色剤中における顔料と顔料誘導体の合計の含有量は、25~100質量%であることが好ましく、55~100質量%であることがより好ましく、75~100質量%であることが更に好ましい。 The content of the pigment in the colorant is preferably 20 to 100% by mass, more preferably 50 to 100% by mass, and even more preferably 70 to 100% by mass. The total content of the pigment and pigment derivative in the colorant is preferably 25 to 100% by mass, more preferably 55 to 100% by mass, and even more preferably 75 to 100% by mass.
着色剤中における特定化合物の含有量は、5質量%以上であることが好ましく、10質量%以上であることがより好ましく、15質量%以上であることが更に好ましい。上限は100質量%とすることができ、95質量%以下とすることもでき、90質量%以下とすることもできる。 The content of the specific compound in the colorant is preferably 5% by mass or more, more preferably 10% by mass or more, and even more preferably 15% by mass or more. The upper limit can be 100% by mass, or can be 95% by mass or less, or can be 90% by mass or less.
本発明の着色組成物に含まれる着色剤が特定化合物と緑色着色剤とを含む場合、特定化合物の含有量は、緑色着色剤の100質量部に対して5~60質量部であることが好ましい。下限は、10質量部以上であることが好ましく、15質量部以上であることがより好ましい。上限は、50質量部以下であることが好ましく、40質量部以下であることがより好ましい。 When the colorant contained in the coloring composition of the present invention contains a specific compound and a green colorant, the content of the specific compound is preferably 5 to 60 parts by mass per 100 parts by mass of the green colorant. The lower limit is preferably 10 parts by mass or more, and more preferably 15 parts by mass or more. The upper limit is preferably 50 parts by mass or less, and more preferably 40 parts by mass or less.
本発明の着色組成物に含まれる着色剤が特定化合物と赤色着色剤とを含む場合、赤色着色剤の含有量は、特定化合物の含有量は、赤色着色剤の100質量部に対して5~50質量部であることが好ましい。下限は、10質量部以上であることが好ましく、15質量部以上であることがより好ましい。上限は、40質量部以下であることが好ましく、30質量部以下であることがより好ましい。 When the colorant contained in the coloring composition of the present invention contains a specific compound and a red colorant, the content of the red colorant, i.e., the content of the specific compound, is preferably 5 to 50 parts by mass per 100 parts by mass of the red colorant. The lower limit is preferably 10 parts by mass or more, and more preferably 15 parts by mass or more. The upper limit is preferably 40 parts by mass or less, and more preferably 30 parts by mass or less.
本発明の着色組成物をカラーフィルタの緑色画素形成用の着色組成物として用いる場合、着色剤には黄色着色剤と緑色着色剤を含むものを用いることが好ましい。また、特定化合物は黄色着色剤であることが好ましい。黄色着色剤と緑色着色剤との質量比は、黄色着色剤:緑色着色剤=30:70~70:30であることが好ましく、30:70~60:40であることがより好ましく、30:70~50:50であることが更に好ましい。また、特定化合物の含有量は、緑色着色剤の100質量部に対して5~60質量部であることが好ましい。下限は、10質量部以上であることが好ましく、15質量部以上であることがより好ましい。上限は、50質量部以下であることが好ましく、40質量部以下であることがより好ましい。 When the coloring composition of the present invention is used as a coloring composition for forming green pixels of a color filter, it is preferable to use a colorant containing a yellow colorant and a green colorant. In addition, it is preferable that the specific compound is a yellow colorant. The mass ratio of the yellow colorant to the green colorant is preferably yellow colorant:green colorant=30:70 to 70:30, more preferably 30:70 to 60:40, and even more preferably 30:70 to 50:50. In addition, the content of the specific compound is preferably 5 to 60 parts by mass per 100 parts by mass of the green colorant. The lower limit is preferably 10 parts by mass or more, and more preferably 15 parts by mass or more. The upper limit is preferably 50 parts by mass or less, and more preferably 40 parts by mass or less.
本発明の着色組成物をカラーフィルタの赤色画素形成用の着色組成物として用いる場合、着色剤には黄色着色剤と赤色着色剤を含むものを用いることが好ましい。また、特定化合物は黄色着色剤であることが好ましい。黄色着色剤と赤色着色剤との質量比は、黄色着色剤:赤色着色剤=30:70~70:30であることが好ましく、30:70~60:40であることがより好ましく、30:70~50:50であることが更に好ましい。また、特定化合物の含有量は、赤色着色剤の100質量部に対して5~50質量部であることが好ましい。下限は、10質量部以上であることが好ましく、15質量部以上であることがより好ましい。上限は、40質量部以下であることが好ましく、30質量部以下であることがより好ましい。 When the coloring composition of the present invention is used as a coloring composition for forming red pixels of a color filter, it is preferable to use a colorant containing a yellow colorant and a red colorant. In addition, it is preferable that the specific compound is a yellow colorant. The mass ratio of the yellow colorant to the red colorant is preferably yellow colorant:red colorant=30:70 to 70:30, more preferably 30:70 to 60:40, and even more preferably 30:70 to 50:50. In addition, the content of the specific compound is preferably 5 to 50 parts by mass per 100 parts by mass of the red colorant. The lower limit is preferably 10 parts by mass or more, and more preferably 15 parts by mass or more. The upper limit is preferably 40 parts by mass or less, and more preferably 30 parts by mass or less.
本発明の着色組成物をカラーフィルタの黄色画素形成用の着色組成物として用いる場合、着色剤中における黄色着色剤の含有量は30質量%以上であることが好ましく、40質量%以上であることがより好ましく、50質量%以上であることが更に好ましい。また、特定化合物は黄色着色剤であることが好ましい。黄色着色剤中における特定化合物の含有量は、20質量%以上であることが好ましく、25質量%以上であることがより好ましく、30質量%以上であることが更に好ましい。上限は100質量%とすることができ、95質量%以下とすることもでき、90質量%以下とすることもできる。 When the coloring composition of the present invention is used as a coloring composition for forming yellow pixels of a color filter, the content of the yellow colorant in the colorant is preferably 30% by mass or more, more preferably 40% by mass or more, and even more preferably 50% by mass or more. In addition, the specific compound is preferably a yellow colorant. The content of the specific compound in the yellow colorant is preferably 20% by mass or more, more preferably 25% by mass or more, and even more preferably 30% by mass or more. The upper limit can be 100% by mass, can be 95% by mass or less, or can be 90% by mass or less.
<<樹脂>>
本発明の着色組成物は樹脂を含む。樹脂は、例えば、顔料などを着色組成物中で分散させる用途や、バインダーの用途で配合される。なお、主に顔料などを着色組成物中で分散させるために用いられる樹脂を分散剤ともいう。ただし、樹脂のこのような用途は一例であって、このような用途以外を目的として樹脂を使用することもできる。
<<Resin>>
The coloring composition of the present invention contains a resin. The resin is blended, for example, for dispersing pigments in the coloring composition or for use as a binder. Note that a resin used mainly for dispersing pigments in the coloring composition is also called a dispersant. However, such uses of the resin are merely examples, and the resin can also be used for purposes other than such uses.
樹脂の重量平均分子量(Mw)は、3000~2000000が好ましい。上限は、1000000以下が好ましく、500000以下がより好ましい。下限は、4000以上が好ましく、5000以上がより好ましい。 The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the resin is preferably 3,000 to 2,000,000. The upper limit is preferably 1,000,000 or less, and more preferably 500,000 or less. The lower limit is preferably 4,000 or more, and more preferably 5,000 or more.
樹脂としては、例えば、(メタ)アクリル樹脂、エポキシ樹脂、(メタ)アクリルアミド樹脂、エン・チオール樹脂、ポリカーボネート樹脂、ポリエーテル樹脂、ポリアリレート樹脂、ポリスルホン樹脂、ポリエーテルスルホン樹脂、ポリフェニレン樹脂、ポリアリーレンエーテルホスフィンオキシド樹脂、ポリイミド樹脂、ポリアミドイミド樹脂、ポリオレフィン樹脂、環状オレフィン樹脂、ポリエステル樹脂、スチレン樹脂、シロキサン樹脂などが挙げられる。また、樹脂としては、国際公開第2022/065215号の段落番号0091~0099に記載の樹脂、特開2016-222891号公報に記載されたブロックポリイソシアネート樹脂、特開2020-122052号公報に記載された樹脂、特開2020-111656号公報に記載された樹脂、特開2020-139021号公報に記載された樹脂、特開2017-138503号公報に記載の主鎖に環構造を有する構成単位と側鎖にビフェニル基を有する構成単位とを含む樹脂、特開2020-186373号公報の段落0199~0233に記載の樹脂、特開2020-186325号公報に記載のアルカリ可溶性樹脂、韓国公開特許第10-2020-0078339号公報に記載の式1で表される樹脂、国際公開第2022/030445号に記載のエポキシ基と酸基を含む共重合体、特開2018-135514号公報に記載の化合物を用いることもできる。 Examples of resins include (meth)acrylic resins, epoxy resins, (meth)acrylamide resins, ene-thiol resins, polycarbonate resins, polyether resins, polyarylate resins, polysulfone resins, polyethersulfone resins, polyphenylene resins, polyarylene ether phosphine oxide resins, polyimide resins, polyamideimide resins, polyolefin resins, cyclic olefin resins, polyester resins, styrene resins, and siloxane resins. Further, as the resin, there are resins described in paragraphs 0091 to 0099 of WO 2022/065215, block polyisocyanate resins described in JP 2016-222891 A, resins described in JP 2020-122052 A, resins described in JP 2020-111656 A, resins described in JP 2020-139021 A, and structural units having a ring structure in the main chain and side chains described in JP 2017-138503 A and a structural unit having a biphenyl group, the resin described in paragraphs 0199 to 0233 of JP 2020-186373 A, the alkali-soluble resin described in JP 2020-186325 A, the resin represented by formula 1 described in Korean Patent Publication No. 10-2020-0078339 A, the copolymer containing an epoxy group and an acid group described in WO 2022/030445 A, and the compound described in JP 2018-135514 A can also be used.
樹脂としては、酸基を有する樹脂を用いることが好ましい。酸基としては、例えば、カルボキシ基、リン酸基、スルホ基、フェノール性ヒドロキシ基などが挙げられる。 It is preferable to use a resin having an acid group as the resin. Examples of the acid group include a carboxy group, a phosphate group, a sulfo group, and a phenolic hydroxy group.
酸基を有する樹脂の酸価は、30~500mgKOH/gが好ましい。下限は、40mgKOH/g以上がより好ましく、50mgKOH/g以上が特に好ましい。上限は、400mgKOH/g以下がより好ましく、300mgKOH/g以下が更に好ましく、200mgKOH/g以下が特に好ましい。酸基を有する樹脂の重量平均分子量(Mw)は、5000~100000が好ましく、5000~50000がより好ましい。また、酸基を有する樹脂の数平均分子量(Mn)は、1000~20000が好ましい。 The acid value of the resin having acid groups is preferably 30 to 500 mgKOH/g. The lower limit is more preferably 40 mgKOH/g or more, and particularly preferably 50 mgKOH/g or more. The upper limit is more preferably 400 mgKOH/g or less, even more preferably 300 mgKOH/g or less, and particularly preferably 200 mgKOH/g or less. The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the resin having acid groups is preferably 5,000 to 100,000, and more preferably 5,000 to 50,000. The number average molecular weight (Mn) of the resin having acid groups is preferably 1,000 to 20,000.
酸基を有する樹脂は、酸基を側鎖に有する繰り返し単位を含むことが好ましく、酸基を側鎖に有する繰り返し単位を樹脂の全繰り返し単位中5~70モル%含むことがより好ましい。酸基を側鎖に有する繰り返し単位の含有量の上限は、50モル%以下であることが好ましく、30モル%以下であることがより好ましい。酸基を側鎖に有する繰り返し単位の含有量の下限は、10モル%以上であることが好ましく、20モル%以上であることがより好ましい。 The resin having an acid group preferably contains a repeating unit having an acid group on the side chain, and more preferably contains 5 to 70 mol% of the repeating units having an acid group on the side chain out of all the repeating units of the resin. The upper limit of the content of repeating units having an acid group on the side chain is preferably 50 mol% or less, and more preferably 30 mol% or less. The lower limit of the content of repeating units having an acid group on the side chain is preferably 10 mol% or more, and more preferably 20 mol% or more.
酸基を有する樹脂については、特開2012-208494号公報の段落番号0558~0571(対応する米国特許出願公開第2012/0235099号明細書の段落番号0685~0700)の記載、特開2012-198408号公報の段落番号0076~0099の記載を参酌でき、これらの内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。また、酸基を有する樹脂は市販品を用いることもできる。また、樹脂への酸基の導入方法としては、特に制限はないが、例えば、特許第6349629号公報に記載の方法が挙げられる。更に、樹脂への酸基の導入方法としては、エポキシ基の開環反応で生じたヒドロキシ基に酸無水物を反応させて酸基を導入する方法も挙げられる。 For the resin having an acid group, the description in paragraphs 0558 to 0571 of JP 2012-208494 A (corresponding paragraphs 0685 to 0700 of the specification of US Patent Application Publication No. 2012/0235099) and the description in paragraphs 0076 to 0099 of JP 2012-198408 A can be referred to, and the contents of these are incorporated herein. In addition, a commercially available product can also be used as the resin having an acid group. In addition, there is no particular restriction on the method of introducing an acid group into the resin, but an example of the method is the method described in Japanese Patent No. 6349629 A. Furthermore, as a method of introducing an acid group into a resin, a method of reacting an acid anhydride with a hydroxyl group generated by a ring-opening reaction of an epoxy group to introduce an acid group can also be mentioned.
本発明の着色組成物は、塩基性基を有する樹脂を含むことも好ましい。塩基性基を有する樹脂は、塩基性基を側鎖に有する繰り返し単位を含む樹脂であることが好ましく、塩基性基を側鎖に有する繰り返し単位と塩基性基を含まない繰り返し単位とを有する共重合体であることがより好ましく、塩基性基を側鎖に有する繰り返し単位と、塩基性基を含まない繰り返し単位とを有するブロック共重合体であることが更に好ましい。塩基性基を有する樹脂は分散剤として用いることもできる。塩基性基を有する樹脂のアミン価は、5~300mgKOH/gが好ましい。下限は、10mgKOH/g以上が好ましく、20mgKOH/g以上がより好ましい。上限は、200mgKOH/g以下が好ましく、100mgKOH/g以下がより好ましい。 The coloring composition of the present invention also preferably contains a resin having a basic group. The resin having a basic group is preferably a resin containing a repeating unit having a basic group in the side chain, more preferably a copolymer having a repeating unit having a basic group in the side chain and a repeating unit not having a basic group, and even more preferably a block copolymer having a repeating unit having a basic group in the side chain and a repeating unit not having a basic group. The resin having a basic group can also be used as a dispersant. The amine value of the resin having a basic group is preferably 5 to 300 mgKOH/g. The lower limit is preferably 10 mgKOH/g or more, and more preferably 20 mgKOH/g or more. The upper limit is preferably 200 mgKOH/g or less, and more preferably 100 mgKOH/g or less.
塩基性基を有する樹脂の市販品としては、DISPERBYK-161、162、163、164、166、167、168、174、182、183、184、185、2000、2001、2050、2150、2163、2164、BYK-LPN6919(以上、ビックケミー社製)、ソルスパース11200、13240、13650、13940、24000、26000、28000、32000、32500、32550、32600、33000、34750、35100、35200、37500、38500、39000、53095、56000、7100(以上、日本ルーブリゾール社製)、Efka PX 4300、4330、4046、4060、4080(以上、BASF社製)等が挙げられる。また、塩基性基を有する樹脂は、特開2014-219665号公報の段落番号0063~0112に記載されたブロック共重合体(B)、特開2018-156021号公報の段落番号0046~0076に記載されたブロック共重合体A1、特開2019-184763号公報の段落番号0150~0153に記載された塩基性基を有するビニル樹脂を用いることもでき、これらの内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。 Commercially available resins with basic groups include DISPERBYK-161, 162, 163, 164, 166, 167, 168, 174, 182, 183, 184, 185, 2000, 2001, 2050, 2150, 2163, 2164, BYK-LPN6919 (all manufactured by BYK-Chemie), Solsperse 11200, 13240, 13650, 13940, 24 000, 26000, 28000, 32000, 32500, 32550, 32600, 33000, 34750, 35100, 35200, 37500, 38500, 39000, 53095, 56000, 7100 (all manufactured by Lubrizol Japan), Efka PX 4300, 4330, 4046, 4060, 4080 (all manufactured by BASF), and the like. In addition, the resin having a basic group may be a block copolymer (B) described in paragraphs 0063 to 0112 of JP 2014-219665 A, a block copolymer A1 described in paragraphs 0046 to 0076 of JP 2018-156021 A, or a vinyl resin having a basic group described in paragraphs 0150 to 0153 of JP 2019-184763 A, the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference.
本発明の着色組成物は、酸基を有する樹脂と塩基性基を有する樹脂とをそれぞれ含むことも好ましい。この態様によれば、着色組成物の保存安定性をより向上できる。酸基を有する樹脂と塩基性基を有する樹脂とを併用する場合、塩基性基を有する樹脂の含有量は、酸基を有する樹脂の100質量部に対して20~500質量部であることが好ましく、30~300質量部であることがより好ましく、50~200質量部であることが更に好ましい。 It is also preferable that the coloring composition of the present invention contains both a resin having an acid group and a resin having a basic group. According to this embodiment, the storage stability of the coloring composition can be further improved. When a resin having an acid group and a resin having a basic group are used in combination, the content of the resin having a basic group is preferably 20 to 500 parts by mass, more preferably 30 to 300 parts by mass, and even more preferably 50 to 200 parts by mass, per 100 parts by mass of the resin having an acid group.
樹脂としては、芳香族カルボキシ基を有する樹脂を用いることも好ましい。芳香族カルボキシ基を有する樹脂において、芳香族カルボキシ基は繰り返し単位の主鎖に含まれていてもよく、繰り返し単位の側鎖に含まれていてもよい。芳香族カルボキシ基は繰り返し単位の主鎖に含まれていることが好ましい。なお、本明細書において、芳香族カルボキシ基とは、芳香族環にカルボキシ基が1個以上結合した構造の基のことである。芳香族カルボキシ基において、芳香族環に結合したカルボキシ基の数は、1~4個であることが好ましく、1~2個であることがより好ましい。芳香族カルボキシ基を有する樹脂としては、国際公開第2021/166858号の段落0082~0107に記載された樹脂が挙げられる。 As the resin, it is also preferable to use a resin having an aromatic carboxy group. In a resin having an aromatic carboxy group, the aromatic carboxy group may be included in the main chain of a repeating unit, or may be included in a side chain of the repeating unit. It is preferable that the aromatic carboxy group is included in the main chain of a repeating unit. In this specification, an aromatic carboxy group refers to a group having a structure in which one or more carboxy groups are bonded to an aromatic ring. In an aromatic carboxy group, the number of carboxy groups bonded to an aromatic ring is preferably 1 to 4, and more preferably 1 to 2. Examples of resins having an aromatic carboxy group include the resins described in paragraphs 0082 to 0107 of WO 2021/166858.
本発明の着色組成物は、分散剤としての樹脂を含有することが好ましい。分散剤としては、酸性分散剤(酸性樹脂)、塩基性分散剤(塩基性樹脂)が挙げられる。ここで、酸性分散剤(酸性樹脂)とは、酸基の量が塩基性基の量よりも多い樹脂を表す。酸性分散剤(酸性樹脂)としては、酸基の量と塩基性基の量の合計量を100モル%としたときに、酸基の量が70モル%以上である樹脂が好ましい。酸性分散剤(酸性樹脂)が有する酸基は、カルボキシ基が好ましい。酸性分散剤(酸性樹脂)の酸価は、10~105mgKOH/gが好ましい。また、塩基性分散剤(塩基性樹脂)とは、塩基性基の量が酸基の量よりも多い樹脂を表す。塩基性分散剤(塩基性樹脂)としては、酸基の量と塩基性基の量の合計量を100モル%としたときに、塩基性基の量が50モル%を超える樹脂が好ましい。塩基性分散剤が有する塩基性基は、アミノ基が好ましい。 The coloring composition of the present invention preferably contains a resin as a dispersant. Examples of dispersants include acidic dispersants (acidic resins) and basic dispersants (basic resins). Here, the acidic dispersant (acidic resin) refers to a resin in which the amount of acid groups is greater than the amount of basic groups. The acidic dispersant (acidic resin) is preferably a resin in which the amount of acid groups is 70 mol% or more when the total amount of the acid groups and the basic groups is 100 mol%. The acid group possessed by the acidic dispersant (acidic resin) is preferably a carboxy group. The acid value of the acidic dispersant (acidic resin) is preferably 10 to 105 mgKOH/g. The basic dispersant (basic resin) refers to a resin in which the amount of basic groups is greater than the amount of acid groups. The basic dispersant (basic resin) is preferably a resin in which the amount of basic groups is greater than the amount of acid groups when the total amount of the acid groups and the basic groups is 100 mol%. The basic group possessed by the basic dispersant is preferably an amino group.
分散剤として用いる樹脂は、グラフト樹脂であることも好ましい。グラフト樹脂の詳細については、特開2012-255128号公報の段落番号0025~0094の記載を参酌でき、この内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。 It is also preferable that the resin used as the dispersant is a graft resin. For details on graft resins, please refer to the description in paragraphs 0025 to 0094 of JP 2012-255128 A, the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference.
分散剤として用いる樹脂は、芳香族カルボキシ基を有する樹脂であることも好ましい。芳香族カルボキシ基を有する樹脂としては上述したものが挙げられる。 It is also preferable that the resin used as the dispersant is a resin having an aromatic carboxy group. Examples of resins having an aromatic carboxy group include those mentioned above.
分散剤として用いる樹脂は、主鎖及び側鎖の少なくとも一方に窒素原子を含むポリイミン系分散剤であることも好ましい。ポリイミン系分散剤としては、pKa14以下の官能基を有する部分構造を有する主鎖と、原子数40~10000の側鎖とを有し、かつ主鎖及び側鎖の少なくとも一方に塩基性窒素原子を有する樹脂が好ましい。塩基性窒素原子は、塩基性を呈する窒素原子であれば特に制限はない。ポリイミン系分散剤については、特開2012-255128号公報の段落番号0102~0166の記載を参酌でき、この内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。 The resin used as the dispersant is preferably a polyimine-based dispersant containing nitrogen atoms in at least one of the main chain and side chain. The polyimine-based dispersant is preferably a resin having a main chain with a partial structure having a functional group with a pKa of 14 or less, a side chain with 40 to 10,000 atoms, and having a basic nitrogen atom in at least one of the main chain and side chain. There are no particular restrictions on the basic nitrogen atom, so long as it is a nitrogen atom that exhibits basicity. For details of polyimine-based dispersants, please refer to the description in paragraphs 0102 to 0166 of JP 2012-255128 A, the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference.
分散剤として用いる樹脂は、コア部に複数個のポリマー鎖が結合した構造の樹脂であることも好ましい。このような樹脂としては、例えば、デンドリマー(星型ポリマーを含む)が挙げられる。また、デンドリマーの具体例としては、特開2013-043962号公報の段落番号0196~0209に記載された高分子化合物C-1~C-31などが挙げられる。 The resin used as the dispersant is preferably one having a structure in which multiple polymer chains are bonded to a core portion. Examples of such resins include dendrimers (including star-shaped polymers). Specific examples of dendrimers include polymer compounds C-1 to C-31 described in paragraphs 0196 to 0209 of JP2013-043962A.
分散剤として用いる樹脂は、エチレン性不飽和結合含有基を側鎖に有する繰り返し単位を含む樹脂であることも好ましい。エチレン性不飽和結合含有基を側鎖に有する繰り返し単位の含有量は、樹脂の全繰り返し単位中10モル%以上であることが好ましく、10~80モル%であることがより好ましく、20~70モル%であることが更に好ましい。 The resin used as the dispersant is also preferably a resin containing a repeating unit having an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group in the side chain. The content of the repeating unit having an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group in the side chain is preferably 10 mol % or more of the total repeating units of the resin, more preferably 10 to 80 mol %, and even more preferably 20 to 70 mol %.
分散剤として、特開2018-087939号公報に記載された樹脂、特許第6432077号公報の段落番号0219~0221に記載されたブロック共重合体(EB-1)~(EB-9)、国際公開第2016/104803号に記載のポリエステル側鎖を有するポリエチレンイミン、国際公開第2019/125940号に記載のブロック共重合体、特開2020-066687号公報に記載のアクリルアミド構造単位を有するブロックポリマー、特開2020-066688号公報に記載のアクリルアミド構造単位を有するブロックポリマー、国際公開第2016/104803号に記載の分散剤などを用いることもできる。 As dispersants, resins described in JP 2018-087939 A, block copolymers (EB-1) to (EB-9) described in paragraphs 0219 to 0221 of Japanese Patent No. 6,432,077 A, polyethyleneimine having a polyester side chain described in WO 2016/104803 A, block copolymers described in WO 2019/125940 A, block polymers having an acrylamide structural unit described in JP 2020-066687 A, block polymers having an acrylamide structural unit described in JP 2020-066688 A, dispersants described in WO 2016/104803 A, and the like can also be used.
分散剤は、市販品としても入手可能であり、そのような具体例としては、BYKChemie社製のDISPERBYKシリーズ、日本ルーブリゾール社製のSOLSPERSEシリーズ、BASF社製のEfkaシリーズ、味の素ファインテクノ(株)製のアジスパーシリーズ等が挙げられる。また、特開2012-137564号公報の段落番号0129に記載された製品、特開2017-194662号公報の段落番号0235に記載された製品を分散剤として用いることもできる。 Dispersants are also available as commercially available products, and specific examples include the DISPERBYK series manufactured by BYK Chemie, the SOLSPERSE series manufactured by Lubrizol Nippon, the Efka series manufactured by BASF, and the AJISPER series manufactured by Ajinomoto Fine-Techno Co., Ltd. In addition, the products described in paragraph 0129 of JP 2012-137564 A and the products described in paragraph 0235 of JP 2017-194662 A can also be used as dispersants.
着色組成物の全固形分中における樹脂の含有量は、1~60質量%であることが好ましい。下限は5質量%以上が好ましく、10質量%以上がより好ましく、15質量%以上が更に好ましく、20質量%以上が特に好ましい。上限は50質量%以下が好ましく、40質量%以下がより好ましい。
また、着色組成物の全固形分中における酸基を有する樹脂の含有量は、1~60質量%であることが好ましい。下限は5質量%以上が好ましく、10質量%以上がより好ましく、15質量%以上が更に好ましく、20質量%以上が特に好ましい。上限は50質量%以下が好ましく、40質量%以下がより好ましい。
The content of the resin in the total solid content of the coloring composition is preferably 1 to 60% by mass. The lower limit is preferably 5% by mass or more, more preferably 10% by mass or more, even more preferably 15% by mass or more, and particularly preferably 20% by mass or more. The upper limit is preferably 50% by mass or less, more preferably 40% by mass or less.
The content of the resin having an acid group in the total solid content of the coloring composition is preferably 1 to 60% by mass. The lower limit is preferably 5% by mass or more, more preferably 10% by mass or more, even more preferably 15% by mass or more, and particularly preferably 20% by mass or more. The upper limit is preferably 50% by mass or less, more preferably 40% by mass or less.
分散剤の含有量は、顔料100質量部に対して10~100質量部であることが好ましい。下限は15質量部以上が好ましく、20質量部以上がより好ましい。上限は80質量部以下が好ましく、60質量部以下がより好ましい。
本発明の着色組成物は、樹脂を1種のみ含んでいてもよいし、2種以上含んでいてもよい。樹脂を2種以上含む場合は、それらの合計量が上記範囲となることが好ましい。
The content of the dispersant is preferably 10 to 100 parts by mass relative to 100 parts by mass of the pigment. The lower limit is preferably 15 parts by mass or more, and more preferably 20 parts by mass or more. The upper limit is preferably 80 parts by mass or less, and more preferably 60 parts by mass or less.
The coloring composition of the present invention may contain only one type of resin, or may contain two or more types of resins. When two or more types of resins are contained, the total amount thereof is preferably within the above range.
<<溶剤>>
本発明の着色組成物は、溶剤を含有する。溶剤としては、有機溶剤が挙げられる。溶剤の種類は、各成分の溶解性や組成物の塗布性を満足すれば基本的には特に制限はない。有機溶剤としては、エステル系溶剤、ケトン系溶剤、アルコール系溶剤、アミド系溶剤、エーテル系溶剤、炭化水素系溶剤などが挙げられる。これらの詳細については、国際公開第2015/166779号の段落番号0223を参酌でき、この内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。また、環状アルキル基が置換したエステル系溶剤、環状アルキル基が置換したケトン系溶剤も好ましく用いることもできる。有機溶剤の具体例としては、ポリエチレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、ジクロロメタン、3-エトキシプロピオン酸メチル、3-エトキシプロピオン酸エチル、エチルセロソルブアセテート、乳酸エチル、ジエチレングリコールジメチルエーテル、酢酸ブチル、3-メトキシプロピオン酸メチル、2-ヘプタノン、2-ペンタノン、3-ペンタノン、4-ヘプタノン、シクロヘキサノン、2-メチルシクロヘキサノン、3-メチルシクロヘキサノン、4-メチルシクロヘキサノン、シクロヘプタノン、シクロオクタノン、酢酸シクロヘキシル、シクロペンタノン、エチルカルビトールアセテート、ブチルカルビトールアセテート、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート、3-メトキシ-N,N-ジメチルプロパンアミド、3-ブトキシ-N,N-ジメチルプロパンアミド、プロピレングリコールジアセテート、3-メトキシブタノール、メチルエチルケトン、ガンマブチロラクトン、スルホラン、アニソール、1,4-ジアセトキシブタン、ジエチレングリコールモノエチルエーテルアセタート、二酢酸ブタン-1,3-ジイル、ジプロピレングリコールメチルエーテルアセタート、ジアセトンアルコール(別名としてダイアセトンアルコール、4-ヒドロキシ-4-メチル-2-ペンタノン)、2-メトキシプロピルアセテート、2-メトキシ-1-プロパノール、イソプロピルアルコールなどが挙げられる。ただし有機溶剤としての芳香族炭化水素類(ベンゼン、トルエン、キシレン、エチルベンゼン等)は、環境面等の理由により低減したほうがよい場合がある(例えば、有機溶剤全量に対して、50質量ppm(parts per million)以下とすることもでき、10質量ppm以下とすることもでき、1質量ppm以下とすることもできる)。
<<Solvent>>
The coloring composition of the present invention contains a solvent. Examples of the solvent include organic solvents. The type of solvent is not particularly limited as long as the solubility of each component and the coatability of the composition are satisfied. Examples of the organic solvent include ester-based solvents, ketone-based solvents, alcohol-based solvents, amide-based solvents, ether-based solvents, and hydrocarbon-based solvents. For details of these, reference can be made to paragraph number 0223 of International Publication No. 2015/166779, the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference. In addition, ester-based solvents substituted with a cyclic alkyl group and ketone-based solvents substituted with a cyclic alkyl group can also be preferably used. Specific examples of organic solvents include polyethylene glycol monomethyl ether, dichloromethane, methyl 3-ethoxypropionate, ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate, ethyl cellosolve acetate, ethyl lactate, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, butyl acetate, methyl 3-methoxypropionate, 2-heptanone, 2-pentanone, 3-pentanone, 4-heptanone, cyclohexanone, 2-methylcyclohexanone, 3-methylcyclohexanone, 4-methylcyclohexanone, cycloheptanone, cyclooctanone, cyclohexyl acetate, cyclopentanone, ethyl carbitol acetate, butyl carbitol acetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol dimethyl ether, butyl acetate ... Examples of the ethylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate include 3-methoxy-N,N-dimethylpropanamide, 3-butoxy-N,N-dimethylpropanamide, propylene glycol diacetate, 3-methoxybutanol, methyl ethyl ketone, gamma butyrolactone, sulfolane, anisole, 1,4-diacetoxybutane, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, butane-1,3-diyl diacetate, dipropylene glycol methyl ether acetate, diacetone alcohol (also known as diacetone alcohol and 4-hydroxy-4-methyl-2-pentanone), 2-methoxypropyl acetate, 2-methoxy-1-propanol, and isopropyl alcohol. However, there are cases where it is better to reduce the amount of aromatic hydrocarbons (benzene, toluene, xylene, ethylbenzene, etc.) used as organic solvents for environmental reasons, etc. (for example, the amount can be 50 ppm (parts per million) by mass or less, 10 ppm by mass or less, or 1 ppm by mass or less, relative to the total amount of organic solvents).
本発明においては、金属含有量の少ない有機溶剤を用いることが好ましい。有機溶剤の金属含有量は、例えば、10質量ppb(parts per billion)以下であることが好ましい。必要に応じて質量ppt(parts per trillion)レベルの有機溶剤を用いてもよく、そのような有機溶剤は,例えば、東洋合成社が提供している(化学工業日報、2015年11月13日)。 In the present invention, it is preferable to use an organic solvent with a low metal content. The metal content of the organic solvent is preferably, for example, 10 parts per billion (ppb) by mass or less. If necessary, an organic solvent with a mass ppt (parts per trillion) level may be used, and such an organic solvent is provided, for example, by Toyo Gosei Co., Ltd. (The Chemical Daily, November 13, 2015).
有機溶剤から金属等の不純物を除去する方法としては、例えば、蒸留(分子蒸留や薄膜蒸留等)やフィルタを用いたろ過を挙げることができる。ろ過に用いるフィルタのフィルタ孔径としては、10μm以下が好ましく、5μm以下がより好ましく、3μm以下が更に好ましい。フィルタの材質は、ポリテトラフロロエチレン、ポリエチレンまたはナイロンが好ましい。 Methods for removing impurities such as metals from organic solvents include, for example, distillation (molecular distillation, thin-film distillation, etc.) and filtration using a filter. The filter used for filtration preferably has a pore size of 10 μm or less, more preferably 5 μm or less, and even more preferably 3 μm or less. The filter material is preferably polytetrafluoroethylene, polyethylene, or nylon.
有機溶剤は、異性体(原子数が同じであるが構造が異なる化合物)が含まれていてもよい。また、異性体は、1種のみが含まれていてもよいし、複数種含まれていてもよい。 The organic solvent may contain isomers (compounds with the same number of atoms but different structures). In addition, the organic solvent may contain only one type of isomer, or multiple types of isomers.
有機溶剤中の過酸化物の含有率が0.8mmol/L以下であることが好ましく、過酸化物を実質的に含まないことがより好ましい。 The peroxide content in the organic solvent is preferably 0.8 mmol/L or less, and more preferably substantially free of peroxide.
着色組成物中における溶剤の含有量は、10~95質量%であることが好ましく、20~90質量%であることがより好ましく、30~90質量%であることが更に好ましい。 The content of the solvent in the coloring composition is preferably 10 to 95% by mass, more preferably 20 to 90% by mass, and even more preferably 30 to 90% by mass.
また、本発明の着色組成物は、環境規制の観点から環境規制物質を実質的に含有しないことが好ましい。なお、本発明において、環境規制物質を実質的に含有しないとは、着色組成物中における環境規制物質の含有量が50質量ppm以下であることを意味し、30質量ppm以下であることが好ましく、10質量ppm以下であることが更に好ましく、1質量ppm以下であることが特に好ましい。環境規制物質は、例えば、ベンゼン;トルエン、キシレン等のアルキルベンゼン類;クロロベンゼン等のハロゲン化ベンゼン類等が挙げられる。これらは、REACH(Registration Evaluation Authorization and Restriction of CHemicals)規則、PRTR(Pollutant Release and Transfer Register)法、VOC(Volatile Organic Compounds)規制等のもとに環境規制物質として登録されており、使用量や取り扱い方法が厳しく規制されている。これらの化合物は、着色組成物に用いられる各成分などを製造する際に溶媒として用いられることがあり、残留溶媒として着色組成物中に混入することがある。人への安全性、環境への配慮の観点よりこれらの物質は可能な限り低減することが好ましい。環境規制物質を低減する方法としては、系中を加熱や減圧して環境規制物質の沸点以上にして系中から環境規制物質を留去して低減する方法が挙げられる。また、少量の環境規制物質を留去する場合においては、効率を上げる為に該当溶媒と同等の沸点を有する溶媒と共沸させることも有用である。また、ラジカル重合性を有する化合物を含有する場合、減圧留去中にラジカル重合反応が進行して分子間で架橋してしまうことを抑制するために重合禁止剤等を添加して減圧留去してもよい。これらの留去方法は、原料の段階、原料を反応させた生成物(例えば、重合した後の樹脂溶液や多官能モノマー溶液)の段階、またはこれらの化合物を混ぜて作製した着色組成物の段階などのいずれの段階でも可能である。 Furthermore, from the viewpoint of environmental regulations, it is preferable that the coloring composition of the present invention is substantially free of environmentally regulated substances. In the present invention, substantially free of environmentally regulated substances means that the content of environmentally regulated substances in the coloring composition is 50 ppm by mass or less, preferably 30 ppm by mass or less, more preferably 10 ppm by mass or less, and particularly preferably 1 ppm by mass or less. Examples of environmentally regulated substances include benzene; alkylbenzenes such as toluene and xylene; and halogenated benzenes such as chlorobenzene. These substances are registered as environmentally regulated substances under the REACH (Registration Evaluation Authorization and Restriction of Chemicals) regulations, the PRTR (Pollutant Release and Transfer Register) Act, the VOC (Volatile Organic Compounds) regulations, etc., and their usage and handling methods are strictly regulated. These compounds may be used as solvents when producing each component used in the coloring composition, and may be mixed into the coloring composition as a residual solvent. From the viewpoint of human safety and environmental consideration, it is preferable to reduce these substances as much as possible. As a method for reducing the environmentally regulated substances, a method of reducing the environmentally regulated substances by heating or reducing the pressure in the system to a temperature above the boiling point of the environmentally regulated substances and distilling off the environmentally regulated substances from the system can be mentioned. In addition, when distilling off a small amount of environmentally regulated substances, it is useful to perform azeotropy with a solvent having a boiling point equivalent to that of the solvent in question in order to increase efficiency. In addition, when a radically polymerizable compound is contained, a polymerization inhibitor or the like may be added and then distilled off under reduced pressure in order to suppress the radical polymerization reaction from proceeding during distillation under reduced pressure and causing crosslinking between molecules. These distillation methods can be performed at any stage, such as the stage of the raw materials, the stage of the product obtained by reacting the raw materials (for example, a resin solution or a polyfunctional monomer solution after polymerization), or the stage of a colored composition prepared by mixing these compounds.
<<重合性化合物>>
本発明の着色組成物は、重合性化合物を含有することが好ましい。重合性化合物としては、エチレン性不飽和結合含有基を有する化合物などが挙げられる。エチレン性不飽和結合含有基としては、ビニル基、(メタ)アリル基、(メタ)アクリロイル基などが挙げられる。本発明で用いられる重合性化合物は、ラジカル重合性化合物であることが好ましい。
<<Polymerizable compound>>
The coloring composition of the present invention preferably contains a polymerizable compound. Examples of the polymerizable compound include compounds having an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group. Examples of the ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group include vinyl A group, a (meth)allyl group, a (meth)acryloyl group, etc. The polymerizable compound used in the present invention is preferably a radical polymerizable compound.
重合性化合物としては、モノマー、プレポリマー、オリゴマーなどの化学的形態のいずれであってもよいが、モノマーが好ましい。重合性化合物の分子量は、100~3000が好ましい。上限は、2000以下がより好ましく、1500以下が更に好ましい。下限は、150以上がより好ましく、250以上が更に好ましい。 The polymerizable compound may be in any chemical form, such as a monomer, prepolymer, or oligomer, but is preferably a monomer. The molecular weight of the polymerizable compound is preferably 100 to 3,000. The upper limit is more preferably 2,000 or less, and even more preferably 1,500 or less. The lower limit is more preferably 150 or more, and even more preferably 250 or more.
重合性化合物は、エチレン性不飽和結合含有基を3個以上含む化合物であることが好ましく、エチレン性不飽和結合含有基を3~15個含む化合物であることがより好ましく、エチレン性不飽和結合含有基を3~6個含む化合物であることが更に好ましい。また、重合性化合物は、3~15官能の(メタ)アクリレート化合物であることが好ましく、3~6官能の(メタ)アクリレート化合物であることがより好ましい。重合性化合物の具体例としては、国際公開第2022/065215号の段落番号0075~0083に記載の化合物が挙げられる。 The polymerizable compound is preferably a compound containing 3 or more ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing groups, more preferably a compound containing 3 to 15 ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing groups, and even more preferably a compound containing 3 to 6 ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing groups. The polymerizable compound is preferably a 3-15 functional (meth)acrylate compound, and more preferably a 3-6 functional (meth)acrylate compound. Specific examples of the polymerizable compound include the compounds described in paragraphs 0075 to 0083 of WO 2022/065215.
重合性化合物としては、ジペンタエリスリトールトリ(メタ)アクリレート(市販品としてはKAYARAD D-330;日本化薬(株)製)、ジペンタエリスリトールテトラ(メタ)アクリレート(市販品としてはKAYARAD D-320;日本化薬(株)製)、ジペンタエリスリトールペンタ(メタ)アクリレート(市販品としてはKAYARAD D-310;日本化薬(株)製)、ジペンタエリスリトールヘキサ(メタ)アクリレート(市販品としてはKAYARAD DPHA;日本化薬(株)製、NKエステルA-DPH-12E;新中村化学工業(株)製)、およびこれらの(メタ)アクリロイル基がエチレングリコールおよび/またはプロピレングリコール残基を介して結合している構造の化合物(例えば、サートマー社から市販されている、SR454、SR499)が好ましい。また、重合性化合物としては、ジグリセリンEO(エチレンオキシド)変性(メタ)アクリレート(市販品としてはM-460;東亞合成製)、ペンタエリスリトールテトラアクリレート(新中村化学工業(株)製、NKエステルA-TMMT)、1,6-ヘキサンジオールジアクリレート(日本化薬(株)製、KAYARAD HDDA)、RP-1040(日本化薬(株)製)、アロニックスTO-2349(東亞合成(株)製)、NKオリゴUA-7200(新中村化学工業(株)製)、DPHA-40H(日本化薬(株)製)、UA-306H、UA-306T、UA-306I、AH-600、T-600、AI-600、LINC-202UA(共栄社化学(株)製)、8UH-1006、8UH-1012(以上、大成ファインケミカル(株)製)、ライトアクリレートPOB-A0(共栄社化学(株)製)などを用いることもできる。 Preferred polymerizable compounds include dipentaerythritol tri(meth)acrylate (commercially available product is KAYARAD D-330; manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), dipentaerythritol tetra(meth)acrylate (commercially available product is KAYARAD D-320; manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), dipentaerythritol penta(meth)acrylate (commercially available product is KAYARAD D-310; manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), dipentaerythritol hexa(meth)acrylate (commercially available products are KAYARAD DPHA; manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd., and NK Ester A-DPH-12E; manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.), and compounds in which the (meth)acryloyl groups are bonded via ethylene glycol and/or propylene glycol residues (e.g., SR454, SR499, commercially available from Sartomer Corporation). Examples of the polymerizable compound include diglycerol EO (ethylene oxide) modified (meth)acrylate (commercially available product is M-460; manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd.), pentaerythritol tetraacrylate (NK Ester A-TMMT, manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.), 1,6-hexanediol diacrylate (KAYARAD HDDA, manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), RP-1040 (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), and Aronix TO-2349 (manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd.). ), NK Oligo UA-7200 (Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.), DPHA-40H (Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), UA-306H, UA-306T, UA-306I, AH-600, T-600, AI-600, LINC-202UA (Kyoeisha Chemical Co., Ltd.), 8UH-1006, 8UH-1012 (all manufactured by Taisei Fine Chemical Co., Ltd.), Light Acrylate POB-A0 (Kyoeisha Chemical Co., Ltd.), etc. can also be used.
着色組成物の全固形分中における重合性化合物の含有量は1~35質量%であることが好ましい。上限は、30質量%以下であることが好ましく、25質量%以下であることがより好ましい。下限は、2質量%以上であることが好ましく、5質量%以上であることがより好ましい。本発明の着色組成物は、重合性化合物を、1種のみ含んでいてもよいし、2種以上含んでいてもよい。重合性化合物を2種以上含む場合は、それらの合計量が上記範囲となることが好ましい。 The content of the polymerizable compound in the total solid content of the coloring composition is preferably 1 to 35% by mass. The upper limit is preferably 30% by mass or less, and more preferably 25% by mass or less. The lower limit is preferably 2% by mass or more, and more preferably 5% by mass or more. The coloring composition of the present invention may contain only one type of polymerizable compound, or may contain two or more types. When two or more types of polymerizable compounds are contained, it is preferable that the total amount thereof is within the above range.
<<光重合開始剤>>
本発明の着色組成物は光重合開始剤を含有することができる。本発明の着色組成物が重合性化合物を含む場合、本発明の着色組成物は更に光重合開始剤を含有することが好ましい。光重合開始剤としては、特に制限はなく、公知の光重合開始剤の中から適宜選択することができる。例えば、紫外線領域から可視領域の光線に対して感光性を有する化合物が好ましい。光重合開始剤は、光ラジカル重合開始剤であることが好ましい。
<<Photopolymerization initiator>>
The coloring composition of the present invention may contain a photopolymerization initiator. When the coloring composition of the present invention contains a polymerizable compound, it is preferable that the coloring composition of the present invention further contains a photopolymerization initiator. The photopolymerization initiator is not particularly limited and can be appropriately selected from known photopolymerization initiators. For example, a compound having photosensitivity to light rays in the ultraviolet range to the visible range is preferable. The photopolymerization initiator is preferably a photoradical polymerization initiator.
光重合開始剤としては、ハロゲン化炭化水素誘導体(例えば、トリアジン骨格を有する化合物、オキサジアゾール骨格を有する化合物など)、アシルホスフィン化合物、ヘキサアリールビイミダゾール化合物、オキシム化合物、有機過酸化物、チオ化合物、ケトン化合物、芳香族オニウム塩、α-ヒドロキシケトン化合物、α-アミノケトン化合物などが挙げられる。光重合開始剤は、露光感度の観点から、トリハロメチルトリアジン化合物、ベンジルジメチルケタール化合物、α-ヒドロキシケトン化合物、α-アミノケトン化合物、アシルホスフィン化合物、ホスフィンオキサイド化合物、メタロセン化合物、オキシム化合物、ヘキサアリールビイミダゾール化合物、オニウム化合物、ベンゾチアゾール化合物、ベンゾフェノン化合物、アセトフェノン化合物、シクロペンタジエン-ベンゼン-鉄錯体、ハロメチルオキサジアゾール化合物および3-アリール置換クマリン化合物であることが好ましく、オキシム化合物、α-ヒドロキシケトン化合物、α-アミノケトン化合物、および、アシルホスフィン化合物から選ばれる化合物であることがより好ましく、オキシム化合物であることが更に好ましい。また、光重合開始剤としては、特開2014-130173号公報の段落0065~0111に記載された化合物、特許第6301489号公報に記載された化合物、MATERIAL STAGE 37~60p,vol.19,No.3,2019に記載されたパーオキサイド系光重合開始剤、国際公開第2018/221177号に記載の光重合開始剤、国際公開第2018/110179号に記載の光重合開始剤、特開2019-043864号公報に記載の光重合開始剤、特開2019-044030号公報に記載の光重合開始剤、特開2019-167313号公報に記載の過酸化物系開始剤、特開2020-055992号公報に記載のオキサゾリジン基を有するアミノアセトフェノン系開始剤、特開2013-190459号公報に記載のオキシム系光重合開始剤、特開2020-172619号公報に記載の重合体、国際公開第2020/152120号に記載の式1で表される化合物、特開2021-181406号公報に記載の化合物、特開2022-013379号公報に記載の光重合開始剤、特開2022-015747号公報に記載の式(1)で表される化合物、特表2021-507058号公報に記載のフッ素含有フルオレンオキシムエステル系光開始剤、中国特許出願公開第110764367号明細書に記載の開始剤、特表2022-518535号公報に記載の開始剤、国際公開第2021/175855号に記載の開始剤、台湾特許出願公開第202200534号公報に記載の化合物、特開2022-078550号公報に記載の化合物、韓国公開特許第10-2017-0087330号公報に記載の化合物、国際公開第2022/075452号に記載の化合物などが挙げられる。 Photopolymerization initiators include halogenated hydrocarbon derivatives (e.g., compounds having a triazine skeleton, compounds having an oxadiazole skeleton, etc.), acylphosphine compounds, hexaarylbiimidazole compounds, oxime compounds, organic peroxides, thio compounds, ketone compounds, aromatic onium salts, α-hydroxyketone compounds, α-aminoketone compounds, etc. From the viewpoint of exposure sensitivity, the photopolymerization initiator is preferably a trihalomethyltriazine compound, a benzyl dimethyl ketal compound, an α-hydroxyketone compound, an α-aminoketone compound, an acylphosphine compound, a phosphine oxide compound, a metallocene compound, an oxime compound, a hexaarylbiimidazole compound, an onium compound, a benzothiazole compound, a benzophenone compound, an acetophenone compound, a cyclopentadiene-benzene-iron complex, a halomethyloxadiazole compound, or a 3-aryl substituted coumarin compound, more preferably a compound selected from an oxime compound, an α-hydroxyketone compound, an α-aminoketone compound, and an acylphosphine compound, and even more preferably an oxime compound. In addition, examples of the photopolymerization initiator include the compounds described in paragraphs 0065 to 0111 of JP 2014-130173 A, the compounds described in Japanese Patent No. 6301489 A, and the compounds described in MATERIAL STAGE 37 to 60p, vol. 19, No. 3, 2019, a photopolymerization initiator described in WO 2018/221177, a photopolymerization initiator described in WO 2018/110179, a photopolymerization initiator described in JP 2019-043864 A, a photopolymerization initiator described in JP 2019-044030 A, a peroxide-based initiator described in JP 2019-167313 A, an aminoacetophenone-based initiator having an oxazolidine group described in JP 2020-055992 A, an oxime-based photopolymerization initiator described in JP 2013-190459 A, a polymer described in JP 2020-172619 A, a compound represented by formula 1 described in WO 2020/152120 A, JP 2021-181406 Compounds described in JP 2022-013379 A, photopolymerization initiators described in JP 2022-015747 A, compounds represented by formula (1) described in JP 2022-015747 A, fluorine-containing fluorene oxime ester photoinitiators described in JP 2021-507058 A, initiators described in China Patent Application Publication No. 110764367, initiators described in JP 2022-518535 A, initiators described in WO 2021/175855, compounds described in Taiwan Patent Application Publication No. 202200534, compounds described in JP 2022-078550 A, compounds described in Korean Patent Publication No. 10-2017-0087330, compounds described in WO 2022/075452, and the like.
ヘキサアリールビイミダゾール化合物の具体例としては、2,2’,4-トリス(2-クロロフェニル)-5-(3,4-ジメトキシフェニル)-4,5-ジフェニル-1,1’-ビイミダゾールなどが挙げられる。 Specific examples of hexaarylbiimidazole compounds include 2,2',4-tris(2-chlorophenyl)-5-(3,4-dimethoxyphenyl)-4,5-diphenyl-1,1'-biimidazole.
α-ヒドロキシケトン化合物の市販品としては、Omnirad 184、Omnirad 1173、Omnirad 2959、Omnirad 127(以上、IGM Resins B.V.社製)、Irgacure 184、Irgacure 1173、Irgacure 2959、Irgacure 127(以上、BASF社製)などが挙げられる。α-アミノケトン化合物の市販品としては、Omnirad 907、Omnirad 369、Omnirad 369E、Omnirad 379EG(以上、IGM Resins B.V.社製)、Irgacure 907、Irgacure 369、Irgacure 369E、Irgacure 379EG(以上、BASF社製)などが挙げられる。アシルホスフィン化合物の市販品としては、Omnirad 819、Omnirad TPO(以上、IGM Resins B.V.社製)、Irgacure 819、Irgacure TPO(以上、BASF社製)などが挙げられる。 Commercially available α-hydroxyketone compounds include Omnirad 184, Omnirad 1173, Omnirad 2959, Omnirad 127 (all manufactured by IGM Resins B.V.), Irgacure 184, Irgacure 1173, Irgacure 2959, Irgacure 127 (all manufactured by BASF), etc. Commercially available α-aminoketone compounds include Omnirad 907, Omnirad 369, Omnirad 369E, Omnirad 379EG (all manufactured by IGM Resins B.V.), Irgacure 907, Irgacure 369, Irgacure 369E, Irgacure 379EG (all manufactured by BASF), etc. Commercially available acylphosphine compounds include Omnirad 819, Omnirad TPO (all manufactured by IGM Resins B.V.), Irgacure 819, Irgacure TPO (all manufactured by BASF), etc.
オキシム化合物としては、国際公開第2022/085485号の段落番号0142に記載の化合物、特許第5430746号に記載の化合物、特許第5647738号に記載の化合物、特開2021-173858号公報の一般式(1)で表される化合物や段落0022から0024に記載の化合物、特開2021-170089号公報の一般式(1)で表される化合物や段落0117から0120に記載の化合物などが挙げられる。オキシム化合物の具体例としては、3-ベンゾイルオキシイミノブタン-2-オン、3-アセトキシイミノブタン-2-オン、3-プロピオニルオキシイミノブタン-2-オン、2-アセトキシイミノペンタン-3-オン、2-アセトキシイミノ-1-フェニルプロパン-1-オン、2-ベンゾイルオキシイミノ-1-フェニルプロパン-1-オン、3-(4-トルエンスルホニルオキシ)イミノブタン-2-オン、2-エトキシカルボニルオキシイミノ-1-フェニルプロパン-1-オン、1-[4-(フェニルチオ)フェニル]-3-シクロヘキシル-プロパン-1,2-ジオン-2-(O-アセチルオキシム)などが挙げられる。市販品としては、Irgacure OXE01、Irgacure OXE02、Irgacure OXE03、Irgacure OXE04(以上、BASF社製)、TR-PBG-301、TR-PBG-304、TR-PBG-327(TRONLY社製)、アデカオプトマーN-1919((株)ADEKA製、特開2012-014052号公報に記載の光重合開始剤2)が挙げられる。また、オキシム化合物としては、着色性が無い化合物や、透明性が高く変色し難い化合物を用いることも好ましい。市販品としては、アデカアークルズNCI-730、NCI-831、NCI-930(以上、(株)ADEKA製)などが挙げられる。 Examples of oxime compounds include the compound described in paragraph 0142 of WO 2022/085485, the compound described in Japanese Patent No. 5,430,746, the compound described in Japanese Patent No. 5,647,738, the compound represented by general formula (1) and the compounds described in paragraphs 0022 to 0024 of JP 2021-173858 A, the compound represented by general formula (1) and the compounds described in paragraphs 0117 to 0120 of JP 2021-170089 A, and the like. Specific examples of the oxime compound include 3-benzoyloxyiminobutan-2-one, 3-acetoxyiminobutan-2-one, 3-propionyloxyiminobutan-2-one, 2-acetoxyiminopentan-3-one, 2-acetoxyimino-1-phenylpropan-1-one, 2-benzoyloxyimino-1-phenylpropan-1-one, 3-(4-toluenesulfonyloxy)iminobutan-2-one, 2-ethoxycarbonyloxyimino-1-phenylpropan-1-one, 1-[4-(phenylthio)phenyl]-3-cyclohexyl-propane-1,2-dione-2-(O-acetyloxime), and the like. Commercially available products include Irgacure OXE01, Irgacure OXE02, Irgacure OXE03, and Irgacure OXE04 (all manufactured by BASF), TR-PBG-301, TR-PBG-304, and TR-PBG-327 (manufactured by TRONLY), and Adeka Optomer N-1919 (manufactured by ADEKA Corporation, photopolymerization initiator 2 described in JP 2012-014052 A). In addition, it is also preferable to use a compound that is not colorable or a compound that is highly transparent and does not easily discolor as the oxime compound. Commercially available products include Adeka Arcles NCI-730, NCI-831, and NCI-930 (all manufactured by ADEKA Corporation).
光重合開始剤としては、フルオレン環を有するオキシム化合物、カルバゾール環の少なくとも1つのベンゼン環がナフタレン環となった骨格を有するオキシム化合物、フッ素原子を有するオキシム化合物、ニトロ基を有するオキシム化合物、ベンゾフラン骨格を有するオキシム化合物、カルバゾール骨格にヒドロキシ基を有する置換基が結合したオキシム化合物、国際公開第2022/085485号の段落番号0143~0149に記載の化合物を用いることもできる。 As the photopolymerization initiator, an oxime compound having a fluorene ring, an oxime compound having a skeleton in which at least one benzene ring of a carbazole ring is replaced with a naphthalene ring, an oxime compound having a fluorine atom, an oxime compound having a nitro group, an oxime compound having a benzofuran skeleton, an oxime compound in which a substituent having a hydroxyl group is bonded to a carbazole skeleton, or a compound described in paragraphs 0143 to 0149 of WO 2022/085485 can also be used.
本発明において好ましく使用されるオキシム化合物の具体例を以下に示すが、本発明はこれらに限定されるものではない。 Specific examples of oxime compounds that are preferably used in the present invention are shown below, but the present invention is not limited to these.
オキシム化合物は、波長350~500nmの範囲に極大吸収波長を有する化合物が好ましく、波長360~480nmの範囲に極大吸収波長を有する化合物がより好ましい。また、オキシム化合物の波長365nm又は波長405nmにおけるモル吸光係数は、感度の観点から、高いことが好ましく、1000~300000であることがより好ましく、2000~300000であることが更に好ましく、5000~200000であることが特に好ましい。化合物のモル吸光係数は、公知の方法を用いて測定することができる。例えば、分光光度計(Varian社製Cary-5 spectrophotometer)にて、酢酸エチル溶媒を用い、0.01g/Lの濃度で測定することが好ましい。 The oxime compound is preferably a compound having a maximum absorption wavelength in the wavelength range of 350 to 500 nm, more preferably a compound having a maximum absorption wavelength in the wavelength range of 360 to 480 nm. From the viewpoint of sensitivity, the molar absorption coefficient of the oxime compound at a wavelength of 365 nm or 405 nm is preferably high, more preferably 1000 to 300,000, even more preferably 2000 to 300,000, and particularly preferably 5000 to 200,000. The molar absorption coefficient of the compound can be measured using a known method. For example, it is preferable to measure using a spectrophotometer (Varian Cary-5 spectrophotometer) at a concentration of 0.01 g/L using ethyl acetate as a solvent.
光重合開始剤としては、2官能あるいは3官能以上の光ラジカル重合開始剤を用いてもよい。そのような光ラジカル重合開始剤を用いることにより、光ラジカル重合開始剤の1分子から2つ以上のラジカルが発生するため、良好な感度が得られる。また、非対称構造の化合物を用いた場合においては、結晶性が低下して溶剤などへの溶解性が向上して、経時で析出しにくくなり、着色組成物の経時安定性を向上させることができる。2官能あるいは3官能以上の光ラジカル重合開始剤の具体例としては、国際公開第2022/065215号の段落0148に記載の化合物が挙げられる。 As the photopolymerization initiator, a bifunctional or trifunctional or higher functional photoradical polymerization initiator may be used. By using such a photoradical polymerization initiator, two or more radicals are generated from one molecule of the photoradical polymerization initiator, so good sensitivity can be obtained. In addition, when a compound with an asymmetric structure is used, crystallinity is reduced and solubility in solvents is improved, making it less likely to precipitate over time, and the stability over time of the coloring composition can be improved. Specific examples of bifunctional or trifunctional or higher functional photoradical polymerization initiators include the compounds described in paragraph 0148 of WO 2022/065215.
着色組成物の全固形分中における光重合開始剤の含有量は0.1~30質量%が好ましい。下限は、0.5質量%以上が好ましく、1質量%以上がより好ましい。上限は、20質量%以下が好ましく、15質量%以下がより好ましい。本発明の着色組成物において、光重合開始剤は1種のみを用いてもよく、2種以上を用いてもよい。2種以上を用いる場合は、それらの合計量が上記範囲となることが好ましい。 The content of the photopolymerization initiator in the total solid content of the coloring composition is preferably 0.1 to 30% by mass. The lower limit is preferably 0.5% by mass or more, and more preferably 1% by mass or more. The upper limit is preferably 20% by mass or less, and more preferably 15% by mass or less. In the coloring composition of the present invention, only one type of photopolymerization initiator may be used, or two or more types may be used. When two or more types are used, it is preferable that the total amount thereof is within the above range.
<<赤外線吸収剤>>
本発明の着色組成物は、赤外線吸収剤をさらに含有することができる。例えば、本発明の着色組成物を用いて赤外線透過フィルタを形成する場合においては、着色組成物中に赤外線吸収剤を含有させることで得られる膜について透過させる光の波長をより長波長側にシフトさせることができる。赤外線吸収剤は、極大吸収波長を波長700nmよりも長波長側に有する化合物であることが好ましい。赤外線吸収剤は波長700nmを超え1800nm以下の範囲に極大吸収波長を有する化合物であることが好ましい。また、赤外線吸収剤の波長500nmにおける吸光度A1と極大吸収波長における吸光度A2との比率A1/A2は、0.08以下であることが好ましく、0.04以下であることがより好ましい。
<<Infrared absorbent>>
The coloring composition of the present invention may further contain an infrared absorbing agent. For example, when an infrared transmission filter is formed using the coloring composition of the present invention, the wavelength of light transmitted through the film obtained by adding an infrared absorbing agent to the coloring composition can be shifted to a longer wavelength side. The infrared absorbing agent is preferably a compound having a maximum absorption wavelength on the longer wavelength side than a wavelength of 700 nm. The infrared absorbing agent is preferably a compound having a maximum absorption wavelength in the range of more than 700 nm and not more than 1800 nm. In addition, the ratio A 1 /A 2 between the absorbance A 1 at a wavelength of 500 nm of the infrared absorbing agent and the absorbance A 2 at the maximum absorption wavelength is preferably 0.08 or less, more preferably 0.04 or less.
赤外線吸収剤としては、ピロロピロール化合物、シアニン化合物、スクアリリウム化合物、フタロシアニン化合物、ナフタロシアニン化合物、クアテリレン化合物、メロシアニン化合物、クロコニウム化合物、オキソノール化合物、イミニウム化合物、ジチオール化合物、トリアリールメタン化合物、ピロメテン化合物、アゾメチン化合物、アントラキノン化合物、ジベンゾフラノン化合物、ジチオレン金属錯体、金属酸化物、金属ホウ化物等が挙げられる。これらの具体例としては、国際公開第2022/065215号の段落番号0114~0121に記載の化合が挙げられる。また、赤外線吸収剤としては、国際公開第2022/065215号の段落番号0121に記載の化合物、特開2020-075959号公報に記載されたスクアリリウム化合物、韓国公開特許第10-2019-0135217号公報に記載の銅錯体などを用いることもできる。また、特開2021-195515号公報に記載のクロコン酸化合物、特開2022-022070号公報に記載の赤外線吸収剤、国際公開第2019/021767号に記載のクロコニウム化合物を用いることもできる。 Infrared absorbents include pyrrolopyrrole compounds, cyanine compounds, squarylium compounds, phthalocyanine compounds, naphthalocyanine compounds, quaterrylene compounds, merocyanine compounds, croconium compounds, oxonol compounds, iminium compounds, dithiol compounds, triarylmethane compounds, pyrromethene compounds, azomethine compounds, anthraquinone compounds, dibenzofuranone compounds, dithiolene metal complexes, metal oxides, metal borides, and the like. Specific examples of these include the compounds described in paragraphs 0114 to 0121 of WO 2022/065215. In addition, as infrared absorbents, the compounds described in paragraph 0121 of WO 2022/065215, squarylium compounds described in JP 2020-075959 A, and copper complexes described in Korean Patent Publication No. 10-2019-0135217 can also be used. In addition, the croconate compound described in JP 2021-195515 A, the infrared absorber described in JP 2022-022070 A, and the croconium compound described in WO 2019/021767 A can also be used.
赤外線吸収剤として、欧州特許第3628645号明細書の段落番号0025に記載の下記式で表される酸化タングステンを用いることもできる。
M1
aM2
bWcOd(P(O)nRm)e
M1、M2はアンモニウムカチオンまたは金属カチオンを表し、aは0.01~0.5であり、bは0~0.5であり、cは1であり、dは2.5~3であり、eは0.01~0.75であり、nは1、2または3であり、mは1、2または3であり、Rは、置換基を有していてもよい炭化水素基を表す。
As the infrared absorbing agent, tungsten oxide represented by the following formula described in paragraph 0025 of European Patent No. 3628645 can also be used.
M 1 a M 2 b W c O d (P(O) n R m ) e
M 1 and M 2 each represent an ammonium cation or a metal cation, a is 0.01 to 0.5, b is 0 to 0.5, c is 1, d is 2.5 to 3, e is 0.01 to 0.75, n is 1, 2 or 3, m is 1, 2 or 3, and R represents a hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent.
着色組成物の全固形分中における赤外線吸収剤の含有量は、1~40質量%であることが好ましい。下限は2質量%以上が好ましく、5質量%以上がより好ましく、10質量%以上であることが更に好ましい。上限は30質量%以下が好ましく、25質量%以下がより好ましい。本発明の着色組成物は、赤外線吸収剤を1種のみ含んでいてもよいし、2種以上含んでいてもよい。赤外線吸収剤を2種以上含む場合は、それらの合計量が上記範囲となることが好ましい。 The content of the infrared absorbing agent in the total solid content of the coloring composition is preferably 1 to 40% by mass. The lower limit is preferably 2% by mass or more, more preferably 5% by mass or more, and even more preferably 10% by mass or more. The upper limit is preferably 30% by mass or less, and more preferably 25% by mass or less. The coloring composition of the present invention may contain only one type of infrared absorbing agent, or may contain two or more types. When two or more types of infrared absorbing agents are contained, it is preferable that the total amount thereof is within the above range.
<<環状エーテル基を有する化合物>>
本発明の着色組成物は、環状エーテル基を有する化合物を含有することができる。環状エーテル基としては、エポキシ基、オキセタニル基などが挙げられる。環状エーテル基を有する化合物は、エポキシ基を有する化合物(以下、エポキシ化合物ともいう)であることが好ましい。エポキシ化合物としては、1分子内にエポキシ基を1つ以上有する化合物が挙げられ、エポキシ基を2つ以上有する化合物が好ましい。エポキシ化合物はエポキシ基を1分子内に1~100個有する化合物であることが好ましい。エポキシ化合物に含まれるエポキシ基の上限は、例えば、10個以下とすることもでき、5個以下とすることもできる。エポキシ化合物に含まれるエポキシ基の下限は、2個以上が好ましい。環状エーテル基を有する化合物としては、特開2013-011869号公報の段落番号0034~0036、特開2014-043556号公報の段落番号0147~0156、特開2014-089408号公報の段落番号0085~0092に記載された化合物、特開2017-179172号公報に記載された化合物、特開2021-195421号公報に記載のキサンテン型エポキシ樹脂、特開2021-195422号公報に記載のキサンテン型エポキシ樹脂を用いることもできる。
<<Compound Having Cyclic Ether Group>>
The coloring composition of the present invention may contain a compound having a cyclic ether group. Examples of the cyclic ether group include an epoxy group and an oxetanyl group. The compound having a cyclic ether group is preferably a compound having an epoxy group (hereinafter also referred to as an epoxy compound). Examples of the epoxy compound include compounds having one or more epoxy groups in one molecule, and compounds having two or more epoxy groups are preferred. The epoxy compound is preferably a compound having 1 to 100 epoxy groups in one molecule. The upper limit of the epoxy groups contained in the epoxy compound can be, for example, 10 or less, or 5 or less. The lower limit of the epoxy groups contained in the epoxy compound is preferably 2 or more. Examples of compounds having a cyclic ether group include those described in paragraphs 0034 to 0036 of JP-A-2013-011869, 0147 to 0156 of JP-A-2014-043556, and 0085 to 0092 of JP-A-2014-089408. Compounds described in JP-A-2017-179172, xanthene-type epoxy resins described in JP-A-2021-195421, and xanthene-type epoxy resins described in JP-A-2021-195422 can also be used.
環状エーテル基を有する化合物は、低分子化合物(例えば、分子量2000未満、さらには、分子量1000未満)でもよいし、高分子化合物(macromolecule)(例えば、分子量1000以上、ポリマーの場合は、重量平均分子量が1000以上)でもよい。エポキシ基を有する化合物の重量平均分子量は、200~100000が好ましく、500~50000がより好ましい。重量平均分子量の上限は、10000以下がさらに好ましく、5000以下が特に好ましく、3000以下が一層好ましい。 The compound having a cyclic ether group may be a low molecular weight compound (e.g., a molecular weight of less than 2000, or even less than 1000) or a high molecular weight compound (macromolecule) (e.g., a molecular weight of 1000 or more, or in the case of a polymer, a weight average molecular weight of 1000 or more). The weight average molecular weight of the compound having an epoxy group is preferably 200 to 100,000, more preferably 500 to 50,000. The upper limit of the weight average molecular weight is more preferably 10,000 or less, particularly preferably 5,000 or less, and even more preferably 3,000 or less.
環状エーテル基を有する化合物の市販品としては、例えば、EHPE3150((株)ダイセル製)、EPICLON N-695(DIC(株)製)、マープルーフG-0150M、G-0105SA、G-0130SP、G-0250SP、G-1005S、G-1005SA、G-1010S、G-2050M、G-01100、G-01758(以上、日油(株)製、エポキシ基含有ポリマー)等が挙げられる。 Commercially available compounds having a cyclic ether group include, for example, EHPE3150 (manufactured by Daicel Corporation), EPICLON N-695 (manufactured by DIC Corporation), Marproof G-0150M, G-0105SA, G-0130SP, G-0250SP, G-1005S, G-1005SA, G-1010S, G-2050M, G-01100, and G-01758 (all manufactured by NOF Corporation, epoxy group-containing polymers).
着色組成物の全固形分中における環状エーテル基を有する化合物の含有量は、0.1~20質量%が好ましい。下限は、0.5質量%以上が好ましく、1質量%以上がより好ましい。上限は、15質量%以下が好ましく、10質量%以下がより好ましい。環状エーテル基を有する化合物は1種のみを用いてもよく、2種以上を用いてもよい。2種以上を用いる場合は、それらの合計量が上記範囲となることが好ましい。 The content of the compound having a cyclic ether group in the total solid content of the coloring composition is preferably 0.1 to 20% by mass. The lower limit is preferably 0.5% by mass or more, and more preferably 1% by mass or more. The upper limit is preferably 15% by mass or less, and more preferably 10% by mass or less. Only one type of compound having a cyclic ether group may be used, or two or more types may be used. When two or more types are used, it is preferable that the total amount thereof is within the above range.
<<ポリアルキレンイミン>>
本発明の着色組成物は、ポリアルキレンイミンを含有することもできる。ポリアルキレンイミンは例えば顔料の分散助剤として用いられる。分散助剤とは、着色組成物中において顔料の分散性を高めるための素材のことである。ポリアルキレンイミンとは、アルキレンイミンを開環重合したポリマーのことである。ポリアルキレンイミンは、1級アミノ基と、2級アミノ基と、3級アミノ基とをそれぞれ含む分岐構造を有するポリマーである。アルキレンイミンの炭素数は2~6が好ましく、2~4がより好ましく、2または3であることが更に好ましく、2であることが特に好ましい。
<<Polyalkyleneimine>>
The coloring composition of the present invention may also contain a polyalkyleneimine. The polyalkyleneimine is used, for example, as a dispersing aid for pigments. The dispersing aid is a material for enhancing the dispersibility of pigments in a coloring composition. The polyalkyleneimine is a polymer obtained by ring-opening polymerization of an alkyleneimine. The polyalkyleneimine is a polymer having a branched structure containing a primary amino group, a secondary amino group, and a tertiary amino group. The number of carbon atoms in the alkyleneimine is preferably 2 to 6, more preferably 2 to 4, even more preferably 2 or 3, and particularly preferably 2.
ポリアルキレンイミンの分子量は、200以上であることが好ましく、250以上であることがより好ましい。上限は、100000以下であることが好ましく、50000以下であることがより好ましく、10000以下であることが更に好ましく、2000以下であることが特に好ましい。なお、ポリアルキレンイミンの分子量の値について、構造式から分子量が計算できる場合は、ポリアルキレンイミンの分子量は構造式から計算した値である。一方、特定アミン化合物の分子量が構造式から計算できない、あるいは、計算が困難な場合には、沸点上昇法で測定した数平均分子量の値を用いる。また、沸点上昇法でも測定できない、あるいは、測定が困難な場合は、粘度法で測定した数平均分子量の値を用いる。また、粘度法でも測定できない、あるいは、粘度法での測定が困難な場合は、GPC(ゲルパーミエーションクロマトグラフィ)法により測定したポリスチレン換算値での数平均分子量の値を用いる。 The molecular weight of the polyalkyleneimine is preferably 200 or more, more preferably 250 or more. The upper limit is preferably 100,000 or less, more preferably 50,000 or less, even more preferably 10,000 or less, and particularly preferably 2,000 or less. In addition, when the molecular weight value of the polyalkyleneimine can be calculated from the structural formula, the molecular weight of the polyalkyleneimine is the value calculated from the structural formula. On the other hand, when the molecular weight of the specific amine compound cannot be calculated from the structural formula or is difficult to calculate, the number average molecular weight value measured by the boiling point elevation method is used. In addition, when the molecular weight cannot be measured by the boiling point elevation method or is difficult to measure, the number average molecular weight value measured by the viscosity method is used. In addition, when the molecular weight cannot be measured by the viscosity method or is difficult to measure by the viscosity method, the number average molecular weight value measured in polystyrene equivalent value by GPC (gel permeation chromatography) method is used.
ポリアルキレンイミンのアミン価は5mmol/g以上であることが好ましく、10mmol/g以上であることがより好ましく、15mmol/g以上であることが更に好ましい。 The amine value of the polyalkyleneimine is preferably 5 mmol/g or more, more preferably 10 mmol/g or more, and even more preferably 15 mmol/g or more.
アルキレンイミンの具体例としては、エチレンイミン、プロピレンイミン、1,2-ブチレンイミン、2,3-ブチレンイミンなどが挙げられ、エチレンイミンまたはプロピレンイミンであることが好ましく、エチレンイミンであることがより好ましい。ポリアルキレンイミンは、ポリエチレンイミンであることが特に好ましい。また、ポリエチレンイミンは、1級アミノ基を、1級アミノ基と2級アミノ基と3級アミノ基との合計に対して10モル%以上含むことが好ましく、20モル%以上含むことがより好ましく、30モル%以上含むことが更に好ましい。ポリエチレンイミンの市販品としては、エポミンSP-003、SP-006、SP-012、SP-018、SP-200、P-1000(以上、(株)日本触媒製)などが挙げられる。 Specific examples of alkyleneimines include ethyleneimine, propyleneimine, 1,2-butyleneimine, and 2,3-butyleneimine, with ethyleneimine or propyleneimine being preferred, and ethyleneimine being more preferred. The polyalkyleneimine is particularly preferably polyethyleneimine. Furthermore, the polyethyleneimine preferably contains primary amino groups in an amount of 10 mol% or more, more preferably 20 mol% or more, and even more preferably 30 mol% or more, based on the total of the primary amino groups, secondary amino groups, and tertiary amino groups. Commercially available polyethyleneimines include Epomin SP-003, SP-006, SP-012, SP-018, SP-200, and P-1000 (all manufactured by Nippon Shokubai Co., Ltd.).
着色組成物の全固形分中におけるポリアルキレンイミンの含有量は0.1~5質量%であることが好ましい。下限は0.2質量%以上であることが好ましく、0.5質量%以上であることがより好ましく、1質量%以上であることが更に好ましい。上限は4.5質量%以下であることが好ましく、4質量%以下であることがより好ましく、3質量%以下であることが更に好ましい。また、ポリアルキレンイミンの含有量は、顔料100質量部に対して0.5~20質量部であることが好ましい。下限は0.6質量部以上であることが好ましく、1質量部以上であることがより好ましく、2質量部以上であることが更に好ましい。上限は10質量部以下であることが好ましく、8質量部以下であることがより好ましい。ポリアルキレンイミンは、1種のみを用いてもよく、2種以上を用いてもよい。2種以上を用いる場合はそれらの合計量が上記範囲であることが好ましい。 The content of polyalkyleneimine in the total solid content of the coloring composition is preferably 0.1 to 5 mass%. The lower limit is preferably 0.2 mass% or more, more preferably 0.5 mass% or more, and even more preferably 1 mass% or more. The upper limit is preferably 4.5 mass% or less, more preferably 4 mass% or less, and even more preferably 3 mass% or less. The content of polyalkyleneimine is preferably 0.5 to 20 mass parts per 100 mass parts of pigment. The lower limit is preferably 0.6 mass% or more, more preferably 1 mass% or more, and even more preferably 2 mass% or more. The upper limit is preferably 10 mass% or less, and even more preferably 8 mass% or less. Only one type of polyalkyleneimine may be used, or two or more types may be used. When two or more types are used, the total amount thereof is preferably within the above range.
<<硬化促進剤>>
本発明の着色組成物は、硬化促進剤を含んでもよい。硬化促進剤としては、チオール化合物、メチロール化合物、アミン化合物、ホスホニウム塩化合物、アミジン塩化合物、アミド化合物、塩基発生剤、イソシアネート化合物、アルコキシシラン化合物、オニウム塩化合物などが挙げられる。硬化促進剤の具体例としては、国際公開第2022/085485号の段落0164に記載の化合物、特開2021-181406号公報に記載の化合物などが挙げられる。着色組成物の全固形分中における硬化促進剤の含有量は0.3~8.9質量%が好ましく、0.8~6.4質量%がより好ましい。
<<Curing accelerator>>
The coloring composition of the present invention may contain a curing accelerator. Examples of the curing accelerator include a thiol compound, a methylol compound, an amine compound, a phosphonium salt compound, an amidine salt compound, an amide compound, a base generator, an isocyanate compound, an alkoxysilane compound, and an onium salt compound. Specific examples of the curing accelerator include the compound described in paragraph 0164 of International Publication No. 2022/085485 and the compound described in JP-A-2021-181406. The content of the curing accelerator in the total solid content of the coloring composition is preferably 0.3 to 8.9% by mass, more preferably 0.8 to 6.4% by mass.
<<紫外線吸収剤>>
本発明の着色組成物は、紫外線吸収剤を含有することができる。紫外線吸収剤としては、共役ジエン化合物、アミノジエン化合物、サリシレート化合物、ベンゾフェノン化合物、ベンゾトリアゾール化合物、アクリロニトリル化合物、ヒドロキシフェニルトリアジン化合物、インドール化合物、トリアジン化合物、ジベンゾイル化合物などが挙げられる。このような化合物の具体例としては、国際公開第2022/085485号の段落番号0179に記載の化合物、特開2021-178918号公報に記載の反応性トリアジン紫外線吸収剤、特開2022-007884号公報に記載の紫外線吸収剤、韓国公開特許第10-2022-0014454号公報に記載の化合物を用いることもできる。着色組成物の全固形分中における紫外線吸収剤の含有量は、0.01~10質量%が好ましく、0.01~5質量%がより好ましい。本発明において、紫外線吸収剤は1種のみを用いてもよく、2種以上を用いてもよい。2種以上を用いる場合は、合計量が上記範囲となることが好ましい。
<<Ultraviolet absorbing agent>>
The coloring composition of the present invention may contain an ultraviolet absorber. Examples of ultraviolet absorbers include conjugated diene compounds, aminodiene compounds, salicylate compounds, benzophenone compounds, benzotriazole compounds, acrylonitrile compounds, hydroxyphenyltriazine compounds, indole compounds, triazine compounds, and dibenzoyl compounds. Specific examples of such compounds include the compounds described in paragraph 0179 of International Publication No. 2022/085485, the reactive triazine ultraviolet absorbers described in JP-A-2021-178918, the ultraviolet absorbers described in JP-A-2022-007884, and the compounds described in Korean Patent Publication No. 10-2022-0014454. The content of the ultraviolet absorber in the total solid content of the coloring composition is preferably 0.01 to 10% by mass, more preferably 0.01 to 5% by mass. In the present invention, only one type of ultraviolet absorber may be used, or two or more types may be used. When two or more types are used, it is preferable that the total amount is within the above range.
<<重合禁止剤>>
本発明の着色組成物は、重合禁止剤を含有することができる。重合禁止剤としては、ハイドロキノン、p-メトキシフェノール、ジ-tert-ブチル-p-クレゾール、ピロガロール、tert-ブチルカテコール、ベンゾキノン、4,4’-チオビス(3-メチル-6-tert-ブチルフェノール)、2,2’-メチレンビス(4-メチル-6-t-ブチルフェノール)、N-ニトロソフェニルヒドロキシアミン塩(アンモニウム塩、第一セリウム塩等)が挙げられる。中でも、p-メトキシフェノールが好ましい。着色組成物の全固形分中における重合禁止剤の含有量は、0.0001~5質量%が好ましい。重合禁止剤は、1種類のみでもよく、2種類以上でもよい。2種類以上の場合は、合計量が上記範囲となることが好ましい。
<<Polymerization inhibitor>>
The coloring composition of the present invention may contain a polymerization inhibitor. Examples of the polymerization inhibitor include hydroquinone, p-methoxyphenol, di-tert-butyl-p-cresol, pyrogallol, tert-butylcatechol, benzoquinone, 4,4'-thiobis(3-methyl-6-tert-butylphenol), 2,2'-methylenebis(4-methyl-6-t-butylphenol), and N-nitrosophenylhydroxyamine salts (ammonium salts, cerous salts, etc.). Among these, p-methoxyphenol is preferred. The content of the polymerization inhibitor in the total solid content of the coloring composition is preferably 0.0001 to 5% by mass. The polymerization inhibitor may be one type or two or more types. In the case of two or more types, the total amount is preferably within the above range.
<<シランカップリング剤>>
本発明の着色組成物は、シランカップリング剤を含有することができる。シランカップリング剤としては、加水分解性基を有するシラン化合物が挙げられ、加水分解性基とそれ以外の官能基とを有するシラン化合物であることが好ましい。加水分解性基とは、ケイ素原子に直結し、加水分解反応及び縮合反応の少なくともいずれかによってシロキサン結合を生じ得る置換基をいう。加水分解性基としては、例えば、ハロゲン原子、アルコキシ基、アシルオキシ基などが挙げられ、アルコキシ基が好ましい。すなわち、シランカップリング剤は、アルコキシシリル基を有する化合物が好ましい。また、加水分解性基以外の官能基としては、例えば、ビニル基、(メタ)アリル基、(メタ)アクリロイル基、メルカプト基、エポキシ基、オキセタニル基、アミノ基、ウレイド基、スルフィド基、イソシアネート基、フェニル基などが挙げられ、アミノ基、(メタ)アクリロイル基およびエポキシ基が好ましい。シランカップリング剤の具体例としては、国際公開第2022/085485号の段落0177に記載の化合物、特開2019-183020号公報に記載の化合物が挙げられる。着色組成物の全固形分中におけるシランカップリング剤の含有量は、0.01~15.0質量%が好ましく、0.05~10.0質量%がより好ましい。シランカップリング剤は、1種類のみでもよく、2種類以上でもよい。2種類以上の場合は、合計量が上記範囲となることが好ましい。
<<Silane coupling agents>>
The coloring composition of the present invention may contain a silane coupling agent. Examples of the silane coupling agent include silane compounds having a hydrolyzable group, and it is preferable that the silane coupling agent is a silane compound having a hydrolyzable group and other functional groups. The hydrolyzable group refers to a substituent that is directly bonded to a silicon atom and can generate a siloxane bond by at least one of a hydrolysis reaction and a condensation reaction. Examples of the hydrolyzable group include a halogen atom, an alkoxy group, and an acyloxy group, and an alkoxy group is preferable. That is, the silane coupling agent is preferably a compound having an alkoxysilyl group. In addition, examples of functional groups other than the hydrolyzable group include a vinyl group, a (meth)allyl group, a (meth)acryloyl group, a mercapto group, an epoxy group, an oxetanyl group, an amino group, a ureido group, a sulfide group, an isocyanate group, and a phenyl group, and an amino group, a (meth)acryloyl group, and an epoxy group are preferable. Specific examples of the silane coupling agent include the compounds described in paragraph 0177 of International Publication No. 2022/085485 and the compounds described in JP-A-2019-183020. The content of the silane coupling agent in the total solid content of the coloring composition is preferably 0.01 to 15.0% by mass, more preferably 0.05 to 10.0% by mass. The silane coupling agent may be one type or two or more types. In the case of two or more types, it is preferable that the total amount is within the above range.
<<界面活性剤>>
本発明の着色組成物は、界面活性剤を含有することができる。界面活性剤としては、フッ素系界面活性剤、ノニオン系界面活性剤、カチオン系界面活性剤、アニオン系界面活性剤、シリコーン系界面活性剤などの各種界面活性剤を使用することができる。界面活性剤はシリコーン系界面活性剤またはフッ素系界面活性剤であることが好ましい。界面活性剤については、国際公開第2015/166779号の段落番号0238~0245に記載された界面活性剤を参照することができ、この内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。
<<Surfactants>>
The coloring composition of the present invention may contain a surfactant. As the surfactant, various surfactants such as fluorine-based surfactants, nonionic surfactants, cationic surfactants, anionic surfactants, and silicone-based surfactants may be used. The surfactant is preferably a silicone-based surfactant or a fluorine-based surfactant. For the surfactant, reference may be made to the surfactants described in paragraphs 0238 to 0245 of WO 2015/166779, the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference.
フッ素系界面活性剤としては、国際公開第2022/085485号の段落番号0167~0173に記載の化合物を用いることができる。 As fluorosurfactants, the compounds described in paragraphs 0167 to 0173 of WO 2022/085485 can be used.
ノニオン系界面活性剤としては、国際公開第2022/085485号の段落0174に記載の化合物が挙げられる。 Nonionic surfactants include the compounds described in paragraph 0174 of WO 2022/085485.
シリコーン系界面活性剤としては、DOWSIL SH8400、SH8400 FLUID、FZ-2122、67 Additive、74 Additive、M Additive、SF 8419 OIL(以上、ダウ・東レ(株)製)、TSF-4300、TSF-4445、TSF-4460、TSF-4452(以上、モメンティブ・パフォーマンス・マテリアルズ社製)、KP-341、KF-6000、KF-6001、KF-6002、KF-6003(以上、信越化学工業(株)製)、BYK-307、BYK-322、BYK-323、BYK-330、BYK-333、BYK-3760、BYK-UV3510(以上、ビックケミー社製)等が挙げられる。 Silicone surfactants include DOWSIL SH8400, SH8400 FLUID, FZ-2122, 67 Additive, 74 Additive, M Additive, SF 8419 OIL (all manufactured by Dow Toray Co., Ltd.), TSF-4300, TSF-4445, TSF-4460, and TSF-4452 (all manufactured by Momen Co., Ltd.). Examples include BYK-307, BYK-322, BYK-323, BYK-330, BYK-333, BYK-3760, and BYK-UV3510 (manufactured by BYK-Chemie), etc.
また、シリコーン系界面活性剤には下記構造の化合物を用いることもできる。
着色組成物の全固形分中における界面活性剤の含有量は、0.001質量%~5.0質量%が好ましく、0.005~3.0質量%がより好ましい。界面活性剤は、1種類のみでもよく、2種類以上でもよい。2種類以上の場合は、合計量が上記範囲となることが好ましい。 The content of the surfactant in the total solid content of the coloring composition is preferably 0.001% by mass to 5.0% by mass, and more preferably 0.005% by mass to 3.0% by mass. The surfactant may be one type or two or more types. When two or more types are used, it is preferable that the total amount is within the above range.
<<酸化防止剤>>
本発明の着色組成物は、酸化防止剤を含有することができる。酸化防止剤としては、フェノール化合物、亜リン酸エステル化合物、チオエーテル化合物などが挙げられる。フェノール化合物としては、フェノール系酸化防止剤として知られる任意のフェノール化合物を使用することができる。好ましいフェノール化合物としては、ヒンダードフェノール化合物が挙げられる。フェノール性ヒドロキシ基に隣接する部位(オルト位)に置換基を有する化合物が好ましい。前述の置換基としては炭素数1~22の置換又は無置換のアルキル基が好ましい。また、酸化防止剤は、同一分子内にフェノール基と亜リン酸エステル基を有する化合物も好ましい。また、酸化防止剤は、リン系酸化防止剤も好適に使用することができる。リン系酸化防止剤としてはトリス[2-[[2,4,8,10-テトラキス(1,1-ジメチルエチル)ジベンゾ[d,f][1,3,2]ジオキサホスフェピン-6-イル]オキシ]エチル]アミン、トリス[2-[(4,6,9,11-テトラ-tert-ブチルジベンゾ[d,f][1,3,2]ジオキサホスフェピン-2-イル)オキシ]エチル]アミン、亜リン酸エチルビス(2,4-ジ-tert-ブチル-6-メチルフェニル)などが挙げられる。酸化防止剤の市販品としては、例えば、アデカスタブ AO-20、アデカスタブ AO-30、アデカスタブ AO-40、アデカスタブ AO-50、アデカスタブ AO-50F、アデカスタブ AO-60、アデカスタブ AO-60G、アデカスタブ AO-80、アデカスタブ AO-330(以上、(株)ADEKA製)などが挙げられる。また、酸化防止剤は、特許第6268967号公報の段落番号0023~0048に記載された化合物、国際公開第2017/006600号に記載された化合物、国際公開第2017/164024号に記載された化合物、韓国公開特許第10-2019-0059371号公報に記載された化合物を使用することもできる。着色組成物の全固形分中における酸化防止剤の含有量は、0.01~20質量%であることが好ましく、0.3~15質量%であることがより好ましい。酸化防止剤は1種のみを用いてもよく、2種以上を用いてもよい。2種以上を用いる場合は、合計量が上記範囲となることが好ましい。
<<Antioxidants>>
The coloring composition of the present invention may contain an antioxidant. Examples of the antioxidant include phenolic compounds, phosphite compounds, and thioether compounds. As the phenolic compound, any phenolic compound known as a phenolic antioxidant may be used. A preferred phenolic compound is a hindered phenolic compound. A compound having a substituent at the site (ortho position) adjacent to the phenolic hydroxy group is preferred. As the aforementioned substituent, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 22 carbon atoms is preferred. In addition, the antioxidant is also preferably a compound having a phenolic group and a phosphite group in the same molecule. In addition, a phosphorus-based antioxidant may also be suitably used as the antioxidant. Examples of phosphorus-based antioxidants include tris[2-[[2,4,8,10-tetrakis(1,1-dimethylethyl)dibenzo[d,f][1,3,2]dioxaphosphepin-6-yl]oxy]ethyl]amine, tris[2-[(4,6,9,11-tetra-tert-butyldibenzo[d,f][1,3,2]dioxaphosphepin-2-yl)oxy]ethyl]amine, and ethylbis(2,4-di-tert-butyl-6-methylphenyl)phosphite. Commercially available antioxidants include, for example, Adeka STAB AO-20, Adeka STAB AO-30, Adeka STAB AO-40, Adeka STAB AO-50, Adeka STAB AO-50F, Adeka STAB AO-60, Adeka STAB AO-60G, Adeka STAB AO-80, and Adeka STAB AO-330 (manufactured by ADEKA Corporation). In addition, the antioxidant may be a compound described in paragraphs 0023 to 0048 of Japanese Patent No. 6268967, a compound described in International Publication No. WO 2017/006600, a compound described in International Publication No. WO 2017/164024, or a compound described in Korean Patent Publication No. 10-2019-0059371. The content of the antioxidant in the total solid content of the coloring composition is preferably 0.01 to 20 mass%, more preferably 0.3 to 15 mass%. Only one type of antioxidant may be used, or two or more types may be used. When two or more types are used, it is preferable that the total amount is in the above range.
<<その他成分>>
本発明の着色組成物は、必要に応じて、増感剤、可塑剤及びその他の助剤類(例えば、導電性粒子、充填剤、消泡剤、難燃剤、レベリング剤、剥離促進剤、香料、表面張力調整剤、連鎖移動剤など)を含有してもよい。これらの成分を適宜含有させることにより、膜物性などの性質を調整することができる。これらの成分は、国際公開第2022/085485号の段落0182に記載の化合物を用いることができる。
<<Other ingredients>>
The coloring composition of the present invention may contain, as necessary, a sensitizer, a plasticizer, and other auxiliaries (for example, conductive particles, fillers, defoamers, flame retardants, leveling agents, peeling promoters, fragrances, surface tension regulators, chain transfer agents, etc.). By appropriately incorporating these components, properties such as film properties can be adjusted. As these components, the compounds described in paragraph 0182 of WO 2022/085485 can be used.
本発明の着色組成物は、得られる膜の屈折率を調整するために金属酸化物を含有させてもよい。金属酸化物としては、TiO2、ZrO2、Al2O3、SiO2等が挙げられる。金属酸化物の一次粒子径は1~100nmが好ましく、3~70nmがより好ましく、5~50nmが更に好ましい。金属酸化物はコア-シェル構造を有していてもよい。また、この場合、コア部は中空状であってもよい。 The coloring composition of the present invention may contain a metal oxide in order to adjust the refractive index of the resulting film. Examples of the metal oxide include TiO 2 , ZrO 2 , Al 2 O 3 , and SiO 2 . The primary particle size of the metal oxide is preferably 1 to 100 nm, more preferably 3 to 70 nm, and even more preferably 5 to 50 nm. The metal oxide may have a core-shell structure. In this case, the core may be hollow.
本発明の着色組成物は、耐光性改良剤を含んでもよい。耐光性改良剤としては、国際公開第2022/085485号の段落番号0183に記載の化合物が挙げられる。 The coloring composition of the present invention may contain a light resistance improver. Examples of the light resistance improver include the compounds described in paragraph 0183 of WO 2022/085485.
本発明の着色組成物は、テレフタル酸エステルを実質的に含まないことも好ましい。ここで、「実質的に含まない」とは、テレフタル酸エステルの含有量が、着色組成物の全量中、1000質量ppb以下であることを意味し、100質量ppb以下であることがより好ましく、ゼロであることが特に好ましい。
本発明の着色組成物は、環境規制の観点から、メラミンの含有量が10000質量ppm以下であることが好ましい。
It is also preferable that the coloring composition of the present invention is substantially free of terephthalic acid ester. Here, "substantially free of" means that the content of terephthalic acid ester in the total amount of the coloring composition is 1000 mass ppb or less, more preferably 100 mass ppb or less, and particularly preferably zero.
From the viewpoint of environmental regulations, the colored composition of the present invention preferably has a melamine content of 10,000 ppm by mass or less.
本発明の着色組成物は、遊離の金属含有量が100ppm以下であることが好ましく、50ppm以下であることがより好ましい。また、遊離のハロゲン含有量は100ppm以下であることが好ましく、50ppm以下であることがより好ましい。着色組成物中の遊離の金属やハロゲンの低減方法としては、イオン交換水による洗浄、ろ過、限外ろ過、イオン交換樹脂による精製等の方法が挙げられる。 The coloring composition of the present invention preferably has a free metal content of 100 ppm or less, more preferably 50 ppm or less. The free halogen content is preferably 100 ppm or less, more preferably 50 ppm or less. Methods for reducing free metals and halogens in the coloring composition include washing with ion-exchanged water, filtration, ultrafiltration, and purification with ion-exchange resins.
環境規制の観点から、パーフルオロアルキルスルホン酸及びその塩、並びにパーフルオロアルキルカルボン酸及びその塩の使用が規制されることがある。本発明の着色組成物において、上記した化合物の含有率を小さくする場合、パーフルオロアルキルスルホン酸(特にパーフルオロアルキル基の炭素数が6~8のパーフルオロアルキルスルホン酸)及びその塩、並びにパーフルオロアルキルカルボン酸(特にパーフルオロアルキル基の炭素数が6~8のパーフルオロアルキルカルボン酸)及びその塩の含有率は、着色組成物の全固形分に対して、0.01ppb~1,000ppbの範囲であることが好ましく、0.05ppb~500ppbの範囲であることがより好ましく、0.1ppb~300ppbの範囲であることが更に好ましい。本発明の着色組成物は、パーフルオロアルキルスルホン酸及びその塩、並びにパーフルオロアルキルカルボン酸及びその塩を実質的に含まなくてもよい。例えば、パーフルオロアルキルスルホン酸及びその塩の代替となりうる化合物、並びにパーフルオロアルキルカルボン酸及びその塩の代替となりうる化合物を用いることで、パーフルオロアルキルスルホン酸及びその塩、並びにパーフルオロアルキルカルボン酸及びその塩を実質的に含まない着色組成物を選択してもよい。規制化合物の代替となりうる化合物としては、例えば、パーフルオロアルキル基の炭素数の違いによって規制対象から除外された化合物が挙げられる。ただし、上記した内容は、パーフルオロアルキルスルホン酸及びその塩、並びにパーフルオロアルキルカルボン酸及びその塩の使用を妨げるものではない。本発明の着色組成物は、許容される最大の範囲内で、パーフルオロアルキルスルホン酸及びその塩、並びにパーフルオロアルキルカルボン酸及びその塩を含んでもよい。 From the viewpoint of environmental regulations, the use of perfluoroalkylsulfonic acid and its salts, and perfluoroalkylcarboxylic acid and its salts may be restricted. In the coloring composition of the present invention, when the content of the above-mentioned compounds is reduced, the content of perfluoroalkylsulfonic acid (particularly perfluoroalkylsulfonic acid having a perfluoroalkyl group with 6 to 8 carbon atoms) and its salts, and perfluoroalkylcarboxylic acid (particularly perfluoroalkyl carboxylic acid having a perfluoroalkyl group with 6 to 8 carbon atoms) and its salts is preferably in the range of 0.01 ppb to 1,000 ppb, more preferably in the range of 0.05 ppb to 500 ppb, and even more preferably in the range of 0.1 ppb to 300 ppb, based on the total solid content of the coloring composition. The coloring composition of the present invention may be substantially free of perfluoroalkylsulfonic acid and its salts, and perfluoroalkylcarboxylic acid and its salts. For example, a coloring composition that is substantially free of perfluoroalkylsulfonic acid and its salts, and perfluoroalkylcarboxylic acid and its salts may be selected by using a compound that can be a substitute for perfluoroalkylsulfonic acid and its salts, and a compound that can be a substitute for perfluoroalkylcarboxylic acid and its salts. Examples of compounds that can be a substitute for regulated compounds include compounds that are excluded from the scope of regulation due to the difference in the number of carbon atoms in the perfluoroalkyl group. However, the above content does not prevent the use of perfluoroalkylsulfonic acid and its salts, and perfluoroalkylcarboxylic acid and its salts. The coloring composition of the present invention may contain perfluoroalkylsulfonic acid and its salts, and perfluoroalkylcarboxylic acid and its salts, within the maximum allowable range.
本発明の着色組成物の含水率は、通常3質量%以下であり、0.01~1.5質量%が好ましく、0.1~1.0質量%の範囲であることがより好ましい。含水率は、カールフィッシャー法にて測定することができる。 The water content of the coloring composition of the present invention is usually 3% by mass or less, preferably 0.01 to 1.5% by mass, and more preferably in the range of 0.1 to 1.0% by mass. The water content can be measured by the Karl Fischer method.
本発明の着色組成物は、膜面状(平坦性など)の調整、膜厚の調整などを目的として粘度を調整して用いることができる。粘度の値は必要に応じて適宜選択することができるが、例えば、25℃において0.3mPa・s~50mPa・sが好ましく、0.5mPa・s~20mPa・sがより好ましい。粘度の測定方法としては、例えば、コーンプレートタイプの粘度計を使用し、25℃に温度調整を施した状態で測定することができる。 The coloring composition of the present invention can be used with its viscosity adjusted for the purpose of adjusting the film surface state (flatness, etc.), adjusting the film thickness, etc. The viscosity value can be appropriately selected as needed, but for example, it is preferably 0.3 mPa·s to 50 mPa·s at 25°C, and more preferably 0.5 mPa·s to 20 mPa·s. The viscosity can be measured, for example, using a cone-plate type viscometer with the temperature adjusted to 25°C.
<<収容容器>>
着色組成物の収容容器としては、特に限定はなく、公知の収容容器を用いることができる。また、収容容器として、国際公開第2022/085485号の段落0187に記載の容器を用いることができる。
<<Storage container>>
The container for storing the coloring composition is not particularly limited, and a known container can be used. In addition, the container described in paragraph 0187 of WO 2022/085485 can be used as the container.
<着色組成物の調製方法>
本発明の着色組成物は、前述の成分を混合して調製できる。着色組成物の調製に際しては、全成分を同時に溶剤に溶解および/または分散して着色組成物を調製してもよいし、必要に応じて、各成分を適宜2つ以上の溶液または分散液としておいて、使用時(塗布時)にこれらを混合して着色組成物を調製してもよい。
<Method of preparing coloring composition>
The coloring composition of the present invention can be prepared by mixing the above-mentioned components. When preparing the coloring composition, all the components may be dissolved and/or dispersed in a solvent at the same time to prepare the coloring composition, or, if necessary, each component may be appropriately prepared as two or more solutions or dispersions, which are mixed at the time of use (at the time of application) to prepare the coloring composition.
また、着色組成物の調製に際して、顔料を分散させるプロセスを含むことが好ましい。顔料を分散させるプロセスにおいて、顔料の分散に用いる機械力としては、圧縮、圧搾、衝撃、剪断、キャビテーションなどが挙げられる。これらプロセスの具体例としては、ビーズミル、サンドミル、ロールミル、ボールミル、ペイントシェーカー、マイクロフルイダイザー、高速インペラー、サンドグラインダー、フロージェットミキサー、高圧湿式微粒化、超音波分散などが挙げられる。またサンドミル(ビーズミル)における顔料の粉砕においては、径の小さいビーズを使用する、ビーズの充填率を大きくする事等により粉砕効率を高めた条件で処理することが好ましい。また、粉砕処理後にろ過、遠心分離などで粗粒子を除去することが好ましい。また、顔料を分散させるプロセスおよび分散機は、「分散技術大全集、株式会社情報機構発行、2005年7月15日」や「サスペンション(固/液分散系)を中心とした分散技術と工業的応用の実際 総合資料集、経営開発センター出版部発行、1978年10月10日」、特開2015-157893号公報の段落番号0022に記載のプロセス及び分散機を好適に使用出来る。また顔料を分散させるプロセスにおいては、ソルトミリング工程にて粒子の微細化処理を行ってもよい。ソルトミリング工程に用いられる素材、機器、処理条件等は、例えば、特開2015-194521号公報、特開2012-046629号公報の記載を参酌できる。 In addition, it is preferable that the preparation of the coloring composition includes a process for dispersing the pigment. In the process for dispersing the pigment, examples of mechanical forces used to disperse the pigment include compression, squeezing, impact, shear, and cavitation. Specific examples of these processes include bead mills, sand mills, roll mills, ball mills, paint shakers, microfluidizers, high-speed impellers, sand grinders, flow jet mixers, high-pressure wet atomization, and ultrasonic dispersion. In addition, in the grinding of the pigment in a sand mill (bead mill), it is preferable to use beads with a small diameter, increase the bead packing rate, and perform the process under conditions that increase the grinding efficiency. In addition, it is preferable to remove coarse particles by filtration, centrifugation, or the like after the grinding process. In addition, the process and dispersing machine for dispersing the pigment can be suitably used as described in "Dispersion Technology Encyclopedia, published by Joho Kika Co., Ltd., July 15, 2005" or "Dispersion Technology and Industrial Applications Focused on Suspension (Solid/Liquid Dispersion System) - Comprehensive Data Collection, published by Management Development Center Publishing Department, October 10, 1978", and in paragraph 0022 of JP2015-157893A. In addition, in the process for dispersing the pigment, a salt milling process may be performed to refine the particles. For the materials, equipment, processing conditions, etc. used in the salt milling process, the descriptions in, for example, JP2015-194521A and JP2012-046629A can be referred to.
着色組成物の調製にあたり、異物の除去や欠陥の低減などの目的で、着色組成物をフィルタでろ過することが好ましい。ろ過に用いるフィルタの種類およびろ過方法としては、国際公開第2022/085485号の段落番号0196~0199に記載のフィルタおよびろ過方法が挙げられる。 When preparing the coloring composition, it is preferable to filter the coloring composition with a filter for the purpose of removing foreign matter and reducing defects. Examples of the types of filters and filtration methods used for filtration include the filters and filtration methods described in paragraphs 0196 to 0199 of WO 2022/085485.
<膜>
本発明の膜は、上述した本発明の着色組成物から得られる膜である。本発明の膜は、カラーフィルタや赤外線透過フィルタなどの光学フィルタに用いることができる。
<Membrane>
The film of the present invention is obtained from the coloring composition of the present invention described above. The film of the present invention can be used for optical filters such as color filters and infrared transmission filters.
本発明の膜の膜厚は、目的に応じて適宜調整できる。例えば、膜厚は、20μm以下が好ましく、10μm以下がより好ましく、5μm以下がさらに好ましい。膜厚の下限は、0.1μm以上が好ましく、0.2μm以上がより好ましく、0.3μm以上がさらに好ましい。 The thickness of the film of the present invention can be adjusted appropriately depending on the purpose. For example, the thickness is preferably 20 μm or less, more preferably 10 μm or less, and even more preferably 5 μm or less. The lower limit of the film thickness is preferably 0.1 μm or more, more preferably 0.2 μm or more, and even more preferably 0.3 μm or more.
本発明の膜をカラーフィルタとして用いる場合、本発明の膜は、緑色、赤色、青色、シアン色、マゼンタ色または黄色の色相を有することが好ましく、緑色、赤色または黄色の色相を有することがより好ましく、赤色の色相を有することが更に好ましい。また、本発明の膜は、カラーフィルタの着色画素として好ましく用いることができる。着色画素としては、赤色画素、緑色画素、青色画素、マゼンタ色画素、シアン色画素、黄色画素などが挙げられ、赤色画素、緑色画素または黄色画素であることが好ましく、赤色画素または緑色画素であることがより好ましく、赤色画素であることが更に好ましい。 When the film of the present invention is used as a color filter, the film of the present invention preferably has a green, red, blue, cyan, magenta or yellow hue, more preferably has a green, red or yellow hue, and even more preferably has a red hue. The film of the present invention can also be preferably used as a colored pixel of a color filter. Examples of the colored pixel include red pixels, green pixels, blue pixels, magenta pixels, cyan pixels, and yellow pixels, and red pixels, green pixels, or yellow pixels are preferred, red pixels, green pixels, or yellow pixels are more preferred, and red pixels are even more preferred.
本発明の膜を赤外線透過フィルタとして用いる場合、本発明の膜は、例えば、以下の(1)~(4)のいずれかの分光特性を有することが好ましい。
(1):膜の厚み方向における光透過率の、波長400~640nmの範囲における最大値が20%以下(好ましくは15%以下、より好ましくは10%以下)で、膜の厚み方向における光透過率の、波長800~1300nmの範囲における最小値が70%以上(好ましくは75%以上、より好ましくは80%以上)である。このような分光特性を有する膜は、波長400~640nmの範囲の光を遮光して、波長700nmを超える光を透過させることができる。
(2):膜の厚み方向における光透過率の、波長400~750nmの範囲における最大値が20%以下(好ましくは15%以下、より好ましくは10%以下)で、膜の厚み方向における光透過率の、波長900~1300nmの範囲における最小値が70%以上(好ましくは75%以上、より好ましくは80%以上)である膜。このような分光特性を有する膜は、波長400~750nmの範囲の光を遮光して、波長850nmを超える光を透過させることができる。
(3):膜の厚み方向における光透過率の、波長400~830nmの範囲における最大値が20%以下(好ましくは15%以下、より好ましくは10%以下)で、膜の厚み方向における光透過率の、波長1000~1300nmの範囲における最小値が70%以上(好ましくは75%以上、より好ましくは80%以上)である膜。このような分光特性を有する膜は、波長400~830nmの範囲の光を遮光して、波長940nmを超える光を透過させることができる。
(4):膜の厚み方向における光透過率の、波長400~950nmの範囲における最大値が20%以下(好ましくは15%以下、より好ましくは10%以下)で、膜の厚み方向における光透過率の、波長1100~1300nmの範囲における最小値が70%以上(好ましくは75%以上、より好ましくは80%以上)である膜。このような分光特性を有する膜は、波長400~950nmの範囲の光を遮光して、波長1040nmを超える光を透過させることができる。
When the film of the present invention is used as an infrared transmission filter, the film of the present invention preferably has, for example, any one of the following spectral characteristics (1) to (4).
(1): The maximum light transmittance in the thickness direction of the film in the wavelength range of 400 to 640 nm is 20% or less (preferably 15% or less, more preferably 10% or less), and the minimum light transmittance in the thickness direction of the film in the wavelength range of 800 to 1300 nm is 70% or more (preferably 75% or more, more preferably 80% or more). A film having such spectral characteristics can block light in the wavelength range of 400 to 640 nm and transmit light with a wavelength of more than 700 nm.
(2): A film in which the maximum light transmittance in the thickness direction of the film in the wavelength range of 400 to 750 nm is 20% or less (preferably 15% or less, more preferably 10% or less) and the minimum light transmittance in the thickness direction of the film in the wavelength range of 900 to 1300 nm is 70% or more (preferably 75% or more, more preferably 80% or more). A film having such spectral characteristics can block light in the wavelength range of 400 to 750 nm and transmit light with a wavelength of more than 850 nm.
(3): A film in which the maximum light transmittance in the thickness direction of the film in the wavelength range of 400 to 830 nm is 20% or less (preferably 15% or less, more preferably 10% or less) and the minimum light transmittance in the thickness direction of the film in the wavelength range of 1000 to 1300 nm is 70% or more (preferably 75% or more, more preferably 80% or more). A film having such spectral characteristics can block light in the wavelength range of 400 to 830 nm and transmit light with a wavelength of more than 940 nm.
(4): A film in which the maximum light transmittance in the thickness direction of the film in the wavelength range of 400 to 950 nm is 20% or less (preferably 15% or less, more preferably 10% or less) and the minimum light transmittance in the thickness direction of the film in the wavelength range of 1100 to 1300 nm is 70% or more (preferably 75% or more, more preferably 80% or more). A film having such spectral characteristics can block light in the wavelength range of 400 to 950 nm and transmit light with a wavelength of more than 1040 nm.
<膜の製造方法>
次に、本発明の膜の製造方法について説明する。本発明の膜は、本発明の着色組成物を塗布する工程を経て製造できる。膜の製造方法においては、更にパターン(画素)を形成する工程を含むことが好ましい。パターン(画素)の形成方法としては、フォトリソグラフィ法、ドライエッチング法が挙げられ、フォトリソグラフィ法が好ましい。
<Membrane manufacturing method>
Next, the method for producing the film of the present invention will be described. The film of the present invention can be produced through a step of applying the coloring composition of the present invention. In the method for producing the film, it is preferable to further include a step of forming a pattern (pixel). Examples of the method for forming the pattern (pixel) include a photolithography method and a dry etching method, and the photolithography method is preferable.
フォトリソグラフィ法によるパターン形成は、本発明の着色組成物を用いて支持体上に着色組成物層を形成する工程と、着色組成物層をパターン状に露光する工程と、着色組成物層の未露光部を現像除去してパターン(画素)を形成する工程と、を含むことが好ましい。必要に応じて、着色組成物層をベークする工程(プリベーク工程)、および、現像されたパターン(画素)をベークする工程(ポストベーク工程)を設けてもよい。 Pattern formation by photolithography preferably includes a step of forming a coloring composition layer on a support using the coloring composition of the present invention, a step of exposing the coloring composition layer in a pattern, and a step of developing and removing the unexposed parts of the coloring composition layer to form a pattern (pixels). If necessary, a step of baking the coloring composition layer (pre-baking step) and a step of baking the developed pattern (pixels) (post-baking step) may be provided.
着色組成物層を形成する工程では、本発明の着色組成物を用いて、支持体上に着色組成物層を形成する。支持体としては、特に限定は無く、用途に応じて適宜選択できる。例えば、ガラス基板、シリコン基板などが挙げられ、シリコン基板であることが好ましい。また、シリコン基板には、電荷結合素子(CCD)、相補型金属酸化膜半導体(CMOS)、透明導電膜などが形成されていてもよい。また、シリコン基板には、各画素を隔離するブラックマトリクスが形成されている場合もある。また、シリコン基板には、上部の層との密着性改良、物質の拡散防止或いは基板表面の平坦化のために下地層が設けられていてもよい。下地層の表面接触角は、ジヨードメタンで測定した際に20~70°であることが好ましい。また、水で測定した際に30~80°であることが好ましい。 In the step of forming the coloring composition layer, the coloring composition layer is formed on a support using the coloring composition of the present invention. The support is not particularly limited and can be appropriately selected depending on the application. For example, a glass substrate, a silicon substrate, etc. can be mentioned, and a silicon substrate is preferable. A charge-coupled device (CCD), a complementary metal oxide semiconductor (CMOS), a transparent conductive film, etc. may be formed on the silicon substrate. A black matrix that isolates each pixel may be formed on the silicon substrate. A base layer may be provided on the silicon substrate to improve adhesion with the upper layer, prevent diffusion of substances, or flatten the substrate surface. The surface contact angle of the base layer is preferably 20 to 70° when measured with diiodomethane. It is also preferable that the surface contact angle is 30 to 80° when measured with water.
着色組成物の塗布方法としては、公知の方法を用いることができる。例えば、国際公開第2022/085485号の段落番号0207に記載の塗布方法を用いることができる。 A known method can be used to apply the coloring composition. For example, the application method described in paragraph 0207 of WO 2022/085485 can be used.
支持体上に形成した着色組成物層は、乾燥(プリベーク)してもよい。低温プロセスにより膜を製造する場合は、プリベークを行わなくてもよい。プリベークを行う場合、プリベーク温度は、150℃以下が好ましく、120℃以下がより好ましく、110℃以下が更に好ましい。下限は、例えば、50℃以上とすることができ、80℃以上とすることもできる。プリベーク時間は、10~300秒が好ましく、40~250秒がより好ましく、80~220秒がさらに好ましい。プリベークは、ホットプレート、オーブン等で行うことができる。 The colored composition layer formed on the support may be dried (prebaked). When a film is produced by a low-temperature process, prebaking may not be performed. When prebaking is performed, the prebaking temperature is preferably 150°C or less, more preferably 120°C or less, and even more preferably 110°C or less. The lower limit can be, for example, 50°C or more, and can also be 80°C or more. The prebaking time is preferably 10 to 300 seconds, more preferably 40 to 250 seconds, and even more preferably 80 to 220 seconds. Prebaking can be performed using a hot plate, an oven, etc.
次に、着色組成物層をパターン状に露光する(露光工程)。例えば、着色組成物層に対し、ステッパー露光機やスキャナ露光機などを用いて、所定のマスクパターンを有するマスクを介して露光することで、パターン状に露光することができる。これにより、露光部分を硬化することができる。 Next, the colored composition layer is exposed to light in a pattern (exposure step). For example, the colored composition layer can be exposed to light in a pattern by using a stepper exposure machine or a scanner exposure machine through a mask having a predetermined mask pattern. This allows the exposed parts to be cured.
露光に際して用いることができる放射線(光)としては、g線、i線等が挙げられる。また、波長300nm以下の光(好ましくは波長180~300nmの光)を用いることもできる。波長300nm以下の光としては、KrF線(波長248nm)、ArF線(波長193nm)などが挙げられ、KrF線(波長248nm)が好ましい。また、300nm以上の長波な光源も利用できる。光源としては、無電極紫外線ランプシステム、紫外線と赤外線のハイブリッド硬化を使用することができる。 Radiation (light) that can be used for exposure includes g-rays and i-rays. Light with a wavelength of 300 nm or less (preferably light with a wavelength of 180 to 300 nm) can also be used. Examples of light with a wavelength of 300 nm or less include KrF rays (wavelength 248 nm) and ArF rays (wavelength 193 nm), with KrF rays (wavelength 248 nm) being preferred. Long-wave light sources of 300 nm or more can also be used. As light sources, electrodeless ultraviolet lamp systems and hybrid curing of ultraviolet and infrared rays can be used.
また、露光に際して、光を連続的に照射して露光してもよく、パルス的に照射して露光(パルス露光)してもよい。なお、パルス露光とは、短時間(例えば、ミリ秒レベル以下)のサイクルで光の照射と休止を繰り返して露光する方式の露光方法のことである。 In addition, during exposure, light may be applied continuously or in pulses (pulse exposure). Pulse exposure is an exposure method in which light is applied and paused repeatedly in short cycles (e.g., milliseconds or less).
照射量(露光量)は、例えば、0.03~2.5J/cm2が好ましく、0.05~1.0J/cm2がより好ましい。露光時における酸素濃度については適宜選択することができ、大気下で行う他に、例えば、酸素濃度が19体積%以下の低酸素雰囲気下(例えば、15体積%、5体積%、または、実質的に無酸素)で露光してもよく、酸素濃度が21体積%を超える高酸素雰囲気下(例えば、22体積%、30体積%、または、50体積%)で露光してもよい。また、露光照度は適宜設定することが可能であり、通常1000W/m2~100000W/m2(例えば、5000W/m2、15000W/m2、または、35000W/m2)の範囲から選択することができる。酸素濃度と露光照度は適宜条件を組み合わせてよく、例えば、酸素濃度10体積%で照度10000W/m2、酸素濃度35体積%で照度20000W/m2などとすることができる。 The irradiation amount (exposure amount) is, for example, preferably 0.03 to 2.5 J/cm 2 , more preferably 0.05 to 1.0 J/cm 2. The oxygen concentration during exposure can be appropriately selected, and in addition to being performed under air, for example, exposure may be performed under a low-oxygen atmosphere with an oxygen concentration of 19 volume% or less (e.g., 15 volume%, 5 volume%, or substantially oxygen-free), or under a high-oxygen atmosphere with an oxygen concentration of more than 21 volume% (e.g., 22 volume%, 30 volume%, or 50 volume%). The exposure illuminance can be appropriately set, and can usually be selected from the range of 1000 W/m 2 to 100,000 W/m 2 (e.g., 5,000 W/m 2 , 15,000 W/m 2 , or 35,000 W/m 2 ). The oxygen concentration and exposure illuminance may be appropriately combined. For example, an oxygen concentration of 10% by volume and an illuminance of 10,000 W/m 2 , and an oxygen concentration of 35% by volume and an illuminance of 20,000 W/m 2 , can be used.
次に、着色組成物層の未露光部を現像除去してパターン(画素)を形成する。着色組成物層の未露光部の現像除去は、現像液を用いて行うことができる。これにより、露光工程における未露光部の着色組成物層が現像液に溶出し、光硬化した部分だけが残る。現像液の温度は、例えば、20~30℃が好ましい。現像時間は、20~180秒が好ましい。また、残渣除去性を向上するため、現像液を60秒ごとに振り切り、さらに新たに現像液を供給する工程を数回繰り返してもよい。 Next, the unexposed parts of the coloring composition layer are developed and removed to form a pattern (pixels). The unexposed parts of the coloring composition layer can be developed and removed using a developer. As a result, the coloring composition layer in the unexposed parts in the exposure step dissolves into the developer, and only the photocured parts remain. The temperature of the developer is preferably, for example, 20 to 30°C. The development time is preferably 20 to 180 seconds. In addition, to improve residue removal, the process of shaking off the developer every 60 seconds and then supplying new developer may be repeated several times.
現像液は、有機溶剤、アルカリ現像液などが挙げられ、アルカリ現像液が好ましく用いられる。現像液、および、現像後の洗浄(リンス)方法については、国際公開第2022/085485号の段落番号0214に記載の現像液や洗浄方法を用いることができる。 The developer may be an organic solvent or an alkaline developer, with an alkaline developer being preferred. The developer and the washing (rinsing) method after development may be as described in paragraph 0214 of WO 2022/085485.
現像後、乾燥を施した後に追加露光処理や加熱処理(ポストベーク)を行うことが好ましい。追加露光処理やポストベークは、硬化を完全なものとするための現像後の硬化処理である。ポストベークにおける加熱温度は、例えば、100~240℃が好ましく、200~240℃がより好ましい。ポストベークは、現像後の膜を、上記条件になるようにホットプレートやコンベクションオーブン(熱風循環式乾燥機)、高周波加熱機等の加熱手段を用いて、連続式あるいはバッチ式で行うことができる。追加露光処理を行う場合、露光に用いられる光は、波長400nm以下の光であることが好ましい。また、追加露光処理は、韓国公開特許第10-2017-0122130号公報に記載された方法で行ってもよい。 After development and drying, it is preferable to perform additional exposure processing or heating processing (post-baking). Additional exposure processing and post-baking are curing processing after development to complete curing. The heating temperature in post-baking is, for example, preferably 100 to 240°C, more preferably 200 to 240°C. Post-baking can be performed continuously or batchwise using a heating means such as a hot plate, a convection oven (hot air circulation dryer), or a high-frequency heater to achieve the above conditions for the developed film. When additional exposure processing is performed, it is preferable that the light used for exposure has a wavelength of 400 nm or less. In addition, additional exposure processing may be performed by the method described in Korean Patent Publication No. 10-2017-0122130.
ドライエッチング法でのパターン形成は、本発明の着色組成物を用いて支持体上に着色組成物層を形成し、この着色組成物層の全体を硬化させて硬化物層を形成する工程と、この硬化物層上にフォトレジスト層を形成する工程と、フォトレジスト層をパターン状に露光したのち、現像してレジストパターンを形成する工程と、このレジストパターンをマスクとして硬化物層に対してエッチングガスを用いてドライエッチングする工程と、を含むことが好ましい。フォトレジスト層の形成においては、更にプリベーク処理を施すことが好ましい。特に、フォトレジスト層の形成プロセスとしては、露光後の加熱処理、現像後の加熱処理(ポストベーク処理)を実施する形態が望ましい。ドライエッチング法でのパターン形成については、特開2013-064993号公報の段落番号0010~0067の記載を参酌でき、この内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。 The pattern formation by the dry etching method preferably includes the steps of forming a colored composition layer on a support using the colored composition of the present invention, curing the entire colored composition layer to form a cured layer, forming a photoresist layer on the cured layer, exposing the photoresist layer in a pattern and developing it to form a resist pattern, and dry etching the cured layer using an etching gas with the resist pattern as a mask. In forming the photoresist layer, it is preferable to further perform a pre-bake treatment. In particular, the process of forming the photoresist layer is preferably a form in which a heat treatment after exposure and a heat treatment after development (post-bake treatment) are performed. For the pattern formation by the dry etching method, the description in paragraphs 0010 to 0067 of JP 2013-064993 A can be referred to, and the contents of this specification are incorporated herein.
<光学フィルタ>
本発明の光学フィルタは、上述した本発明の膜を有する。光学フィルタの種類としては、カラーフィルタおよび赤外線透過フィルタが挙げられ、カラーフィルタであることが好ましい。カラーフィルタとしては、カラーフィルタの着色画素として本発明の膜を有することが好ましい。
<Optical filter>
The optical filter of the present invention has the above-mentioned film of the present invention. The types of optical filters include color filters and infrared transmission filters, and the color filter is preferable. The color filter preferably has the film of the present invention as a color pixel of the color filter.
光学フィルタは、本発明の膜の表面に保護層が設けられていてもよい。保護層を設けることで、酸素遮断化、低反射化、親疎水化、特定波長の光(紫外線、近赤外線等)の遮蔽等の種々の機能を付与することができる。保護層の厚さとしては、0.01~10μmが好ましく、0.1~5μmがより好ましい。保護層の形成方法としては、有機溶剤に溶解した樹脂組成物を塗布して形成する方法、化学気相蒸着法、成型した樹脂を接着材で貼りつける方法等が挙げられる。保護層を構成する成分としては、(メタ)アクリル樹脂、エン・チオール樹脂、ポリカーボネート樹脂、ポリエーテル樹脂、ポリアリレート樹脂、ポリスルホン樹脂、ポリエーテルスルホン樹脂、ポリフェニレン樹脂、ポリアリーレンエーテルホスフィンオキシド樹脂、ポリイミド樹脂、ポリアミドイミド樹脂、ポリオレフィン樹脂、環状オレフィン樹脂、ポリエステル樹脂、スチレン樹脂、ポリオール樹脂、ポリ塩化ビニリデン樹脂、メラミン樹脂、ウレタン樹脂、アラミド樹脂、ポリアミド樹脂、アルキド樹脂、エポキシ樹脂、変性シリコーン樹脂、フッ素樹脂、ポリカーボネート樹脂、ポリアクリロニトリル樹脂、セルロース樹脂、Si、C、W、Al2O3、Mo、SiO2、Si2N4などが挙げられ、これらの成分を二種以上含有しても良い。例えば、酸素遮断化を目的とした保護層の場合、保護層はポリオール樹脂と、SiO2と、Si2N4を含むことが好ましい。また、低反射化を目的とした保護層の場合、保護層は(メタ)アクリル樹脂とフッ素樹脂を含むことが好ましい。 The optical filter may have a protective layer on the surface of the film of the present invention. By providing a protective layer, various functions such as oxygen blocking, low reflection, hydrophilicity/hydrophobicity, and shielding of light of a specific wavelength (ultraviolet rays, near infrared rays, etc.) can be imparted. The thickness of the protective layer is preferably 0.01 to 10 μm, more preferably 0.1 to 5 μm. Methods for forming the protective layer include a method of forming the protective layer by applying a resin composition dissolved in an organic solvent, a chemical vapor deposition method, and a method of attaching a molded resin with an adhesive. The components constituting the protective layer include (meth)acrylic resin, ene-thiol resin, polycarbonate resin, polyether resin, polyarylate resin, polysulfone resin, polyethersulfone resin, polyphenylene resin, polyarylene ether phosphine oxide resin, polyimide resin, polyamideimide resin, polyolefin resin, cyclic olefin resin, polyester resin, styrene resin, polyol resin, polyvinylidene chloride resin, melamine resin, urethane resin, aramid resin, polyamide resin, alkyd resin, epoxy resin, modified silicone resin, fluorine resin, polycarbonate resin, polyacrylonitrile resin, cellulose resin, Si, C, W, Al 2 O 3 , Mo, SiO 2 , Si 2 N 4 , etc., and may contain two or more of these components. For example, in the case of a protective layer intended for oxygen blocking, the protective layer preferably contains a polyol resin, SiO 2 , and Si 2 N 4 . In the case of a protective layer intended to reduce reflection, the protective layer preferably contains a (meth)acrylic resin and a fluorine resin.
樹脂組成物を塗布して保護層を形成する場合、樹脂組成物の塗布方法としては、スピンコート法、キャスト法、スクリーン印刷法、インクジェット法等の公知の方法を用いることができる。樹脂組成物に含まれる有機溶剤は、公知の有機溶剤(例えば、プロピレングリコール1-モノメチルエーテル2-アセテート、シクロペンタノン、乳酸エチル等)を用いることが出来る。保護層を化学気相蒸着法にて形成する場合、化学気相蒸着法としては、公知の化学気相蒸着法(熱化学気相蒸着法、プラズマ化学気相蒸着法、光化学気相蒸着法)を用いることができる。 When forming a protective layer by applying a resin composition, known methods such as spin coating, casting, screen printing, and inkjet can be used as a method for applying the resin composition. Known organic solvents (e.g., propylene glycol 1-monomethyl ether 2-acetate, cyclopentanone, ethyl lactate, etc.) can be used as the organic solvent contained in the resin composition. When forming a protective layer by chemical vapor deposition, known chemical vapor deposition methods (thermal chemical vapor deposition, plasma chemical vapor deposition, photochemical vapor deposition) can be used as the chemical vapor deposition method.
保護層は、必要に応じて、有機・無機微粒子、特定波長の光(例えば、紫外線、近赤外線等)の吸収剤、屈折率調整剤、酸化防止剤、密着剤、界面活性剤等の添加剤を含有しても良い。有機・無機微粒子の例としては、例えば、高分子微粒子(例えば、シリコーン樹脂微粒子、ポリスチレン微粒子、メラミン樹脂微粒子)、酸化チタン、酸化亜鉛、酸化ジルコニウム、酸化インジウム、酸化アルミニウム、窒化チタン、酸窒化チタン、フッ化マグネシウム、中空シリカ、シリカ、炭酸カルシウム、硫酸バリウム等が挙げられる。特定波長の光の吸収剤は公知の吸収剤を用いることができる。これらの添加剤の含有量は適宜調整できるが、保護層の全質量に対して0.1~70質量%が好ましく、1~60質量%がさらに好ましい。 The protective layer may contain additives such as organic or inorganic fine particles, absorbents for light of specific wavelengths (e.g., ultraviolet light, near infrared light, etc.), refractive index adjusters, antioxidants, adhesion agents, and surfactants, as necessary. Examples of organic or inorganic fine particles include polymer fine particles (e.g., silicone resin fine particles, polystyrene fine particles, melamine resin fine particles), titanium oxide, zinc oxide, zirconium oxide, indium oxide, aluminum oxide, titanium nitride, titanium oxynitride, magnesium fluoride, hollow silica, silica, calcium carbonate, and barium sulfate. Known absorbents can be used as absorbents for light of specific wavelengths. The content of these additives can be adjusted as appropriate, but is preferably 0.1 to 70% by mass, and more preferably 1 to 60% by mass, based on the total mass of the protective layer.
また、保護層としては、特開2017-151176号公報の段落番号0073~0092に記載の保護層を用いることもできる。 The protective layer may also be the one described in paragraphs 0073 to 0092 of JP2017-151176A.
光学フィルタは、隔壁により例えば格子状に仕切られた空間に、各画素が埋め込まれた構造を有していてもよい。 The optical filter may have a structure in which each pixel is embedded in a space partitioned by partitions, for example in a grid pattern.
<固体撮像素子>
本発明の固体撮像素子は、上述した本発明の膜を有する。固体撮像素子の構成としては、本発明の膜を備え、固体撮像素子として機能する構成であれば特に限定はないが、例えば、以下のような構成が挙げられる。
<Solid-state imaging element>
The solid-state imaging device of the present invention has the above-mentioned film of the present invention. The configuration of the solid-state imaging device is not particularly limited as long as it has the film of the present invention and functions as a solid-state imaging device, and examples thereof include the following configurations.
基板上に、固体撮像素子(CCD(電荷結合素子)イメージセンサ、CMOS(相補型金属酸化膜半導体)イメージセンサ等)の受光エリアを構成する複数のフォトダイオードおよびポリシリコン等からなる転送電極を有し、フォトダイオードおよび転送電極上にフォトダイオードの受光部のみ開口した遮光膜を有し、遮光膜上に遮光膜全面およびフォトダイオード受光部を覆うように形成された窒化シリコン等からなるデバイス保護膜を有し、デバイス保護膜上に、カラーフィルタを有する構成である。更に、デバイス保護膜上であってカラーフィルタの下(基板に近い側)に集光手段(例えば、マイクロレンズ等。以下同じ)を有する構成や、カラーフィルタ上に集光手段を有する構成等であってもよい。また、カラーフィルタは、隔壁により例えば格子状に仕切られた空間に、各着色画素が埋め込まれた構造を有していてもよい。この場合の隔壁は各着色画素よりも低屈折率であることが好ましい。このような構造を有する撮像装置の例としては、特開2012-227478号公報、特開2014-179577号公報、国際公開第2018/043654号に記載の装置が挙げられる。また、特開2019-211559号公報の中で示しているように固体撮像素子の構造内に紫外線吸収層を設けて耐光性を改良してもよい。本発明の固体撮像素子を備えた撮像装置は、デジタルカメラや、撮像機能を有する電子機器(携帯電話等)の他、車載カメラや監視カメラ用としても用いることができる。 The substrate has a plurality of photodiodes constituting the light receiving area of a solid-state imaging element (such as a CCD (charge-coupled device) image sensor or a CMOS (complementary metal-oxide semiconductor) image sensor) and a transfer electrode made of polysilicon or the like, a light-shielding film on the photodiodes and the transfer electrodes with only the light receiving portion of the photodiodes open, a device protection film made of silicon nitride or the like formed on the light-shielding film so as to cover the entire light-shielding film and the light receiving portion of the photodiode, and a color filter on the device protection film. Furthermore, the device protection film may have a light-collecting means (e.g., a microlens, etc.; the same applies below) on the device protection film and below the color filter (the side closer to the substrate), or a light-collecting means on the color filter. The color filter may have a structure in which each colored pixel is embedded in a space partitioned by partitions, for example in a lattice shape. In this case, it is preferable that the partitions have a lower refractive index than each colored pixel. Examples of imaging devices having such a structure include those described in JP 2012-227478 A, JP 2014-179577 A, and WO 2018/043654 A. In addition, as shown in JP 2019-211559 A, an ultraviolet absorbing layer may be provided in the structure of the solid-state imaging element to improve light resistance. The imaging device equipped with the solid-state imaging element of the present invention can be used for digital cameras, electronic devices with imaging functions (such as mobile phones), as well as in-vehicle cameras and surveillance cameras.
<画像表示装置>
本発明の画像表示装置は、上述した本発明の膜を有する。画像表示装置としては、液晶表示装置や有機エレクトロルミネッセンス表示装置などが挙げられる。画像表示装置の定義や各画像表示装置の詳細については、例えば「電子ディスプレイデバイス(佐々木昭夫著、(株)工業調査会、1990年発行)」、「ディスプレイデバイス(伊吹順章著、産業図書(株)平成元年発行)」などに記載されている。また、液晶表示装置については、例えば「次世代液晶ディスプレイ技術(内田龍男編集、(株)工業調査会、1994年発行)」に記載されている。本発明が適用できる液晶表示装置に特に制限はなく、例えば、上記の「次世代液晶ディスプレイ技術」に記載されている色々な方式の液晶表示装置に適用できる。
<Image display device>
The image display device of the present invention has the above-mentioned film of the present invention. Examples of the image display device include liquid crystal display devices and organic electroluminescence display devices. The definition of the image display device and details of each image display device are described, for example, in "Electronic Display Devices" (written by Akio Sasaki, published by Kogyo Chosakai Co., Ltd. in 1990) and "Display Devices" (written by Junsho Ibuki, published by Sangyo Tosho Co., Ltd. in 1989). The liquid crystal display device is described, for example, in "Next Generation Liquid Crystal Display Technology" (edited by Tatsuo Uchida, published by Kogyo Chosakai Co., Ltd. in 1994). There is no particular limitation on the liquid crystal display device to which the present invention can be applied, and the present invention can be applied to various types of liquid crystal display devices described in the above "Next Generation Liquid Crystal Display Technology".
以下に実施例を挙げて本発明をさらに具体的に説明する。以下の実施例に示す材料、使用量、割合、処理内容、処理手順等は、本発明の趣旨を逸脱しない限り、適宜、変更することができる。従って、本発明の範囲は以下に示す具体例に限定されるものではない。 The present invention will be explained in more detail below with reference to examples. The materials, amounts used, ratios, processing contents, processing procedures, etc. shown in the following examples can be changed as appropriate without departing from the spirit of the present invention. Therefore, the scope of the present invention is not limited to the specific examples shown below.
<合成例>
(合成例1-1) 化合物(P-1)の合成
Synthesis Example 1-1 Synthesis of Compound (P-1)
(合成例1-2~1-17) 化合物(P-2)、(P-4)、(P-5)、(P-12)、(P-13)、(P-14)、(P-15)、(P-18)、(P-19)、(P-20)、(P-21)、(P-22)、(P-23)、(P-24)、(P-25)、P-28)の合成
合成例1-1において、化合物(a-1)、化合物(b-1)、化合物(c-1)を、それぞれ下記表の化合物(a)、化合物(b)、化合物(c)の欄に記載の化合物に変更した以外は合成例1-1と同様の操作を行い、化合物(P-2)、(P-4)、(P-5)、(P-12)、(P-13)、(P-14)、(P-15)、(P-18)、(P-19)、(P-20)、(P-21)、(P-22)、(P-23)、(P-24)、(P-25)、P-28)を合成した。
(Synthesis Examples 1-2 to 1-17) Synthesis of compounds (P-2), (P-4), (P-5), (P-12), (P-13), (P-14), (P-15), (P-18), (P-19), (P-20), (P-21), (P-22), (P-23), (P-24), (P-25), and P-28 Compounds (P-2), (P-4), (P-5), (P-12), (P-13), (P-14), (P-15), (P-18), (P-19), (P-20), (P-21), (P-22), (P-23), (P-24), (P-25), and P-28) were synthesized in the same manner as in Synthesis Example 1-1, except that compound (a-1), compound (b-1), and compound (c-1) in Synthesis Example 1-1 were changed to the compounds shown in the columns for compound (a), compound (b), and compound (c) in the table below, respectively.
(合成例2-1) 化合物(P-3)の合成
(合成例3-1) 化合物(P-6)の合成
(合成例3-2~3-6) 化合物(P-7)、(P-9)、(P-10)、(P-11)、(P-33)の合成
合成例3-1において、化合物(a-2)、化合物(b-2)、化合物(c-1)を、それぞれ下記表の化合物(a)、化合物(b)、化合物(c)の欄に記載の化合物に変更した以外は合成例3-1と同様の操作を行い、化合物(P-7)、(P-9)、(P-10)、(P-11)、(P-33)を合成した。
Synthesis Examples 3-2 to 3-6 Synthesis of Compounds (P-7), (P-9), (P-10), (P-11), and (P-33) Compounds (P-7), (P-9), (P-10), (P-11), and (P-33) were synthesized by the same operation as in Synthesis Example 3-1, except that compound (a-2), compound (b-2), and compound (c-1) in Synthesis Example 3-1 were changed to the compounds shown in the columns for compound (a), compound (b), and compound (c) in the table below, respectively.
(合成例4-1) 化合物(P-8)の合成
(合成例4-2、4-3) 化合物(P-26)、(P-27)の合成
合成例4-1において、化合物(a-2)、化合物(b-2)、化合物(c-3)を、それぞれ下記表の化合物(a)、化合物(b)、化合物(c)の欄に記載の化合物に変更した以外は合成例4-1と同様の操作を行い、化合物(P-26)、(P-27)を合成した。
Synthesis Examples 4-2 and 4-3 Synthesis of Compounds (P-26) and (P-27) Compounds (P-26) and (P-27) were synthesized in the same manner as in Synthesis Example 4-1, except that compound (a-2), compound (b-2), and compound (c-3) in Synthesis Example 4-1 were changed to the compounds shown in the columns for compound (a), compound (b), and compound (c) in the table below, respectively.
(合成例5-1) 化合物(P-29)の合成
(合成例5-2~5-6) 化合物(P-16)、(P-17)、(P-30)、(P-31)、(P-32)の合成
合成例5-1において、化合物(S-1)、化合物(S-18)、化合物(c-1)を、それぞれ下記表の化合物S(1)、化合物S(2)、化合物(c)の欄に記載の化合物に変更した以外は合成例5-1と同様の操作を行い、化合物(P-16)、(P-17)、(P-30)、(P-31)、(P-32)を合成した。
Synthesis Examples 5-2 to 5-6 Synthesis of Compounds (P-16), (P-17), (P-30), (P-31), and (P-32) Compounds (P-16), (P-17), (P-30), (P-31), and (P-32) were synthesized by the same operation as in Synthesis Example 5-1, except that compound (S-1), compound (S-18), and compound (c-1) in Synthesis Example 5-1 were changed to the compounds shown in the columns for compound S(1), compound S(2), and compound (c) in the table below, respectively.
合成した化合物(P-1)~(P-33)はそれぞれ下記構造の化合物である。
上記表の化合物(a)、化合物(b)、化合物(c)、化合物S(1)、化合物S(2)の欄に記載の化合物は以下の通りである。
<分散液の製造>
下記表に記載の素材を混合した後、直径0.3mmのジルコニアビーズ230質量部を加えて、ペイントシェーカーを用いて5時間分散処理を行い、ビーズをろ過で分離して分散液を製造した。なお、以下において、混錬研磨処理の欄にて「あり」と記載されるものについては、以下の方法で混錬研磨処理を行った顔料を用いた。
<Preparation of Dispersion>
After mixing the materials shown in the table below, 230 parts by mass of zirconia beads with a diameter of 0.3 mm were added, and dispersion treatment was carried out for 5 hours using a paint shaker, and the beads were separated by filtration to produce a dispersion. Note that in the following, for those marked as "Yes" in the column for kneading and polishing treatment, the pigment used was kneaded and polished by the following method.
(混練研磨処理条件)
顔料5.3質量部、摩砕剤74.7質量部および粘結剤14質量部をラボプラストミル((株)東洋精機製作所製)に添加し、装置中の混練物の温度が70℃になるように温度コントロールして、2時間混練した。顔料は、下記表に記載の顔料の欄に記載の素材を用いた。摩砕剤は中性無水芒硝E(平均粒子径(体積基準の50%径(D50))=20μm、三田尻化学製)を使用した。粘結剤はジエチレングリコールを使用した。混練研磨後の混練物を、24℃の水10Lで水洗処理して摩砕剤および粘結剤を取り除き、加熱オーブンで80℃24時間の処理を行った。
(Kneading and polishing treatment conditions)
5.3 parts by mass of pigment, 74.7 parts by mass of grinding agent and 14 parts by mass of binder were added to a Labo Plastomill (manufactured by Toyo Seiki Seisakusho Co., Ltd.), and the temperature of the kneaded material in the device was controlled to 70°C, and kneaded for 2 hours. The pigment used was the material listed in the pigment column in the table below. The grinding agent used was neutral anhydrous Glauber's salt E (average particle size (volume-based 50% diameter (D50)) = 20 μm, manufactured by Mitajiri Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.). The binder used was diethylene glycol. After kneading and polishing, the kneaded material was washed with 10 L of water at 24°C to remove the grinding agent and binder, and then treated in a heated oven at 80°C for 24 hours.
上記表中の略語で示す素材の詳細は下記の通りである。 Details of the materials indicated by the abbreviations in the table above are as follows:
(顔料、顔料誘導体)
PG36:C.I.ピグメントグリーン36(緑色顔料、フタロシアニン顔料)
PG58:C.I.ピグメントグリーン58(緑色顔料、フタロシアニン顔料)
PG63:C.I.ピグメントグリーン63(緑色顔料、フタロシアニン顔料)
G1:下記構造の化合物(ナフタロシアニン顔料)
PR177:C.I.ピグメントレッド177(赤色顔料、アントラキノン顔料)
PR224:C.I.ピグメントレッド224(赤色顔料、ペリレン顔料)
PR254:C.I.ピグメントレッド254(赤色顔料、ジケトピロロピロール顔料)
PR264:C.I.ピグメントレッド264(赤色顔料、ジケトピロロピロール顔料)
PR272:C.I.ピグメントレッド272(赤色顔料、ジケトピロロピロール顔料)
PY129:C.I.ピグメントイエロー129(黄色顔料、アゾメチン顔料)
PY138:C.I.ピグメントイエロー138(黄色顔料、キノフタロン顔料)
PY139:C.I.ピグメントイエロー139(黄色顔料、イソインドリン顔料)
PY185:C.I.ピグメントイエロー185(黄色顔料、イソインドリン顔料)
(Pigments, pigment derivatives)
PG36: C.I. Pigment Green 36 (green pigment, phthalocyanine pigment)
PG58: C.I. Pigment Green 58 (green pigment, phthalocyanine pigment)
PG63: C.I. Pigment Green 63 (green pigment, phthalocyanine pigment)
G1: Compound having the following structure (naphthalocyanine pigment)
PR177: C.I. Pigment Red 177 (red pigment, anthraquinone pigment)
PR224: C.I. Pigment Red 224 (red pigment, perylene pigment)
PR254: C.I. Pigment Red 254 (red pigment, diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment)
PR264: C.I. Pigment Red 264 (red pigment, diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment)
PR272: C.I. Pigment Red 272 (red pigment, diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment)
PY129: C.I. Pigment Yellow 129 (yellow pigment, azomethine pigment)
PY138: C.I. Pigment Yellow 138 (yellow pigment, quinophthalone pigment)
PY139: C.I. Pigment Yellow 139 (yellow pigment, isoindoline pigment)
PY185: C.I. Pigment Yellow 185 (yellow pigment, isoindoline pigment)
P-1~P-33:上述した化合物P-1~P-33(特定化合物) P-1 to P-33: Compounds P-1 to P-33 (specific compounds) mentioned above
C-1:下記構造の化合物(比較化合物)
A-1:下記構造の化合物
(分散剤)
D1:下記構造の樹脂(主鎖に付記した数値はモル比であり、側鎖に付記した数値は繰り返し単位の数である。重量平均分子量24000)
D9:DISPERBYK-142(BYKChemie社製)
D10:下記構造の樹脂(主鎖に付記した数値はモル比である。重量平均分子量6000)
D1: Resin having the following structure (the number attached to the main chain is the molar ratio, and the number attached to the side chain is the number of repeating units. Weight average molecular weight: 24,000)
D9: DISPERBYK-142 (manufactured by BYK Chemie)
D10: Resin having the following structure (the numbers attached to the main chain are molar ratios. Weight average molecular weight: 6,000)
(溶剤)
S1:プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート(PGMEA)
S2:シクロヘキサノン
S3:酢酸ブチル
S4:乳酸エチル(EL)
S5:プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル(PGME)
S6:シクロペンタノン
(solvent)
S1: Propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate (PGMEA)
S2: Cyclohexanone S3: Butyl acetate S4: Ethyl lactate (EL)
S5: Propylene glycol monomethyl ether (PGME)
S6: Cyclopentanone
(重合禁止剤)
H1:p-メトキシフェノール
(Polymerization inhibitor)
H1: p-Methoxyphenol
<着色組成物の製造>
下記表に記載の素材を混合し、撹拌した後、孔径0.45μmのナイロン製フィルタ(日本ポール(株)製)を用いてろ過して着色組成物を製造した。
<Production of Colored Composition>
The materials shown in the table below were mixed and stirred, and then filtered using a nylon filter having a pore size of 0.45 μm (manufactured by Nippon Pall Co., Ltd.) to prepare a colored composition.
上記表の略語で記載の原料は以下の通りである。 The ingredients listed in the table above are abbreviated as follows:
(分散液)
分散液R1~R68、Y1、G1~G4、r1:上述した分散液R1~R68、Y1、G1~G4、r1
(Dispersion)
Dispersions R1 to R68, Y1, G1 to G4, and r1: the above-mentioned dispersions R1 to R68, Y1, G1 to G4, and r1
(バインダー)
D1:上述した分散剤D1で説明した樹脂
D2:下記構造の樹脂(重量平均分子量11000、主鎖に付記した数値はモル比である。)
D8:下記構造の樹脂(重量平均分子量11000、主鎖に付記した数値はモル比である。)
D1: Resin described in the above-mentioned dispersant D1 D2: Resin having the following structure (weight average molecular weight 11,000, the numerical value added to the main chain is the molar ratio)
(重合性モノマー)
M1:下記構造の化合物の混合物(左側化合物(6官能の(メタ)アクリレート化合物)と右側化合物(5官能の(メタ)アクリレート化合物)とのモル比が7:3の混合物)
M5:下記構造の化合物
M1: a mixture of compounds having the following structure (a mixture of the compound on the left (a hexafunctional (meth)acrylate compound) and the compound on the right (a pentafunctional (meth)acrylate compound) in a molar ratio of 7:3)
M5: a compound having the following structure
(光重合開始剤)
F1~F6:下記構造の化合物
F1 to F6: Compounds having the following structures
(界面活性剤)
W1:下記構造の化合物(重量平均分子量14000、繰り返し単位の割合を示す%の数値はモル%である、フッ素系界面活性剤)
W1: Compound having the following structure (weight average molecular weight 14,000, the percentages indicating the proportions of repeating units are mol%, fluorosurfactant)
(重合禁止剤)
H1:p-メトキシフェノール
(Polymerization inhibitor)
H1: p-Methoxyphenol
(紫外線吸収剤)
UV1:下記構造の化合物
UV2:下記構造の化合物
UV1: Compound having the following structure UV2: Compound having the following structure
(酸化防止剤)
I1:下記構造の化合物
I1: A compound having the following structure:
(エポキシ化合物)
G1:EHPE3150((株)ダイセル製)
(Epoxy Compound)
G1: EHPE3150 (manufactured by Daicel Corporation)
(溶剤)
S1:プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート(PGMEA)
S2:シクロヘキサノン
S3:酢酸ブチル
S4:乳酸エチル(EL)
S5:プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル(PGME)
S6:シクロペンタノン
(solvent)
S1: Propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate (PGMEA)
S2: Cyclohexanone S3: Butyl acetate S4: Ethyl lactate (EL)
S5: Propylene glycol monomethyl ether (PGME)
S6: Cyclopentanone
<分光特性:色価>
ガラス基板上に、各着色組成物をスピンコート法で塗布した。次いで、ホットプレートを用い、100℃で2分間加熱して0.6μmの膜厚の膜を形成した。得られた膜に対し、所定の波長の光を照射し、その透過率を分光器(UV4100、(株)日立ハイテク製)により測定して、光学濃度(OD値)を測定した。ここで、実施例1~94、比較例1については波長530nmの光を照射した。実施例95、96については波長450nmの光を照射した。実施例97~100については波長660nmの光を照射した。得られた光学濃度を膜厚で規格化することで、波長400~500nmの色価の相対値を得た後、下記基準で色価を評価した。
A:波長400~500nmの色価の相対値が0.6以上
B:波長400~500nmの色価の相対値が0.4以上0.6未満
C:波長400~500nmの色価の相対値が0.4未満
<Spectral characteristics: color value>
Each coloring composition was applied onto a glass substrate by spin coating. Then, a hot plate was used to heat the film at 100° C. for 2 minutes to form a film with a thickness of 0.6 μm. The obtained film was irradiated with light of a predetermined wavelength, and its transmittance was measured using a spectrometer (UV4100, manufactured by Hitachi High-Tech Corporation) to measure the optical density (OD value). Here, for Examples 1 to 94 and Comparative Example 1, light with a wavelength of 530 nm was irradiated. For Examples 95 and 96, light with a wavelength of 450 nm was irradiated. For Examples 97 to 100, light with a wavelength of 660 nm was irradiated. The obtained optical density was normalized by the film thickness to obtain a relative value of the color value at wavelengths of 400 to 500 nm, and the color value was evaluated according to the following criteria.
A: The relative value of the color value at wavelengths of 400 to 500 nm is 0.6 or more. B: The relative value of the color value at wavelengths of 400 to 500 nm is 0.4 or more and less than 0.6. C: The relative value of the color value at wavelengths of 400 to 500 nm is less than 0.4.
<耐熱性>
ガラス基板上に下地剤(CT-4000、富士フイルムエレクトロニクスマテリアルズ(株)製)を膜厚が0.1μmとなるようにスピンコート法で塗布し、ホットプレートを用いて220℃で1時間加熱して下地層を形成した。この下地層付きのガラス基板上に各着色組成物をスピンコート法で塗布し、その後、ホットプレートを用いて100℃で2分間加熱して塗布膜を得た。得られた塗布膜について、波長365nmの光を照射し、露光量500mJ/cm2にて露光を行った。なお、実施例96は露光工程を省いた。次いで、ホットプレートを用いて220℃で5分間加熱して、膜厚0.5μmの膜を得た。得られた膜について、大塚電子(株)製のMCPD-3000を用い、波長400~700nmの範囲の光透過率(透過率)を測定した。次に、上記で作製した膜を265℃で5分間加熱した。加熱後の膜の透過率を測定し、透過率の変化量の最大値を求め、以下の基準にて耐熱性を評価した。透過率の測定は各試料につき5回行い、最大値と最小値を除いた3回の結果の平均値を採用した。また、透過率の変化量の最大値とは、加熱前後の膜の、波長400~700nmの範囲における透過率の変化量が最も大きい波長における変化量を意味する。
透過率の変化量(%)=|加熱前の膜の透過率(%)-加熱後の膜の透過率(%)|
A:透過率の変化量の最大値が5%未満
B:透過率の変化量の最大値が5%以上10%未満
C:透過率の変化量の最大値が10%以上
<Heat resistance>
A base agent (CT-4000, manufactured by FUJIFILM Electronic Materials Co., Ltd.) was applied on a glass substrate by spin coating so that the film thickness was 0.1 μm, and heated at 220 ° C. for 1 hour using a hot plate to form a base layer. Each coloring composition was applied on the glass substrate with the base layer by spin coating, and then heated at 100 ° C. for 2 minutes using a hot plate to obtain a coating film. The obtained coating film was irradiated with light having a wavelength of 365 nm and exposed at an exposure dose of 500 mJ / cm 2. Note that the exposure step was omitted in Example 96. Next, the film was heated at 220 ° C. for 5 minutes using a hot plate to obtain a film with a film thickness of 0.5 μm. The obtained film was measured for light transmittance (transmittance) in the wavelength range of 400 to 700 nm using MCPD-3000 manufactured by Otsuka Electronics Co., Ltd. Next, the film prepared above was heated at 265 ° C. for 5 minutes. The transmittance of the film after heating was measured, the maximum change in transmittance was calculated, and the heat resistance was evaluated according to the following criteria. The transmittance was measured five times for each sample, and the average of the three results excluding the maximum and minimum values was used. The maximum change in transmittance means the change in the wavelength at which the change in transmittance of the film before and after heating is the largest in the wavelength range of 400 to 700 nm.
Change in transmittance (%) = |Transmittance of film before heating (%) - Transmittance of film after heating (%)|
A: The maximum amount of change in transmittance is less than 5%. B: The maximum amount of change in transmittance is 5% or more and less than 10%. C: The maximum amount of change in transmittance is 10% or more.
<高温湿耐性>
ガラス基板上に下地剤(CT-4000、富士フイルムエレクトロニクスマテリアルズ(株)製)を膜厚が0.1μmとなるようにスピンコート法で塗布し、ホットプレートを用いて220℃で1時間加熱して下地層を形成した。この下地層付きのガラス基板上に各着色組成物をプリベーク後の膜厚が0.6μmとなるようにスピンコート法で塗布した。次いで、ホットプレートを用い、100℃で2分間プリベークした。次いで、i線ステッパー露光装置(FPA-3000i5+、Canon(株)製)を使用して波長365nmの光を500mJ/cm2の露光量で照射して露光した。その後200℃で3分ポストベークして膜を製造した。なお、実施例96は露光工程を省いた。得られた膜について、恒温恒湿器(ヤマダ科学(株)製、IW222)を用いて、温度110℃、相対湿度85%の雰囲気下において、96時間放置する耐湿性試験を行った。
耐湿性試験前後の膜のそれぞれについて、分光光度計(UV3600、島津製作所製、レファレンス:ガラス基板)を用いて波長300~800nmの範囲の透過率を測定して以下の式から透過率の変化率を算出し、以下の基準で耐湿性を評価した。
透過率の変化率(%)=|[(耐湿性試験前の膜の透過率(%)-耐湿性試験後の膜の透過率(%))/耐湿性試験前の膜の透過率(%)]×100|
A:波長300~800nmの全領域において透過率変動が2%未満である
B:波長300~800nmの全領域において透過率変動が5%未満であり、かつ、少なくとも一部の波長での透過率変動が2%以上5%未満である
C:波長300~800nmの少なくとも一部の波長での透過率変動が5%以上である
<High temperature and humidity resistance>
A base agent (CT-4000, manufactured by FUJIFILM Electronic Materials Co., Ltd.) was applied on a glass substrate by spin coating so that the film thickness was 0.1 μm, and heated at 220 ° C. for 1 hour using a hot plate to form a base layer. Each coloring composition was applied on the glass substrate with the base layer by spin coating so that the film thickness after pre-baking was 0.6 μm. Next, a hot plate was used to pre-bake at 100 ° C. for 2 minutes. Next, an i-line stepper exposure device (FPA-3000i5 +, manufactured by Canon Co., Ltd.) was used to irradiate light having a wavelength of 365 nm at an exposure dose of 500 mJ / cm 2 for exposure. Then, a film was produced by post-baking at 200 ° C. for 3 minutes. In addition, the exposure process was omitted in Example 96. The obtained film was subjected to a moisture resistance test in which it was left for 96 hours in an atmosphere of a temperature of 110° C. and a relative humidity of 85% using a thermo-hygrostat (IW222, manufactured by Yamada Scientific Co., Ltd.).
For each of the films before and after the moisture resistance test, the transmittance in the wavelength range of 300 to 800 nm was measured using a spectrophotometer (UV3600, manufactured by Shimadzu Corporation, reference: glass substrate), and the rate of change in transmittance was calculated using the following formula, and the moisture resistance was evaluated according to the following criteria.
Change in transmittance (%) = |[(Transmittance (%) of film before moisture resistance test - Transmittance (%) of film after moisture resistance test) / Transmittance (%) of film before moisture resistance test] × 100|
A: The transmittance fluctuation is less than 2% in the entire wavelength range of 300 to 800 nm. B: The transmittance fluctuation is less than 5% in the entire wavelength range of 300 to 800 nm, and the transmittance fluctuation at at least some wavelengths is 2% or more and less than 5%. C: The transmittance fluctuation at at least some wavelengths in the wavelength range of 300 to 800 nm is 5% or more.
上記表に示すように実施例は比較例よりも耐熱性および耐湿性の評価に優れていた。
実施例の着色組成物から形成した膜は、光学フィルタ、固体撮像素子、画像表示装置に好適に使用できる。
As shown in the above table, the examples were superior to the comparative examples in the evaluation of heat resistance and moisture resistance.
The films formed from the colored compositions of the examples can be suitably used in optical filters, solid-state imaging devices, and image display devices.
Claims (12)
前記着色剤は、式(1)で表される化合物を含む、着色組成物;
A1およびA2は、それぞれ独立して、環状構造を表し、
B1およびB2は、それぞれ独立して、O、Sまたは式(B-1)で表される基を表す;
C1は、縮合環構造、または、6員環以上の単環の環状構造を表す;
RB1とRB2は結合して環を形成していてもよい。 A coloring composition comprising a colorant, a resin, and a solvent,
The colorant is a coloring composition containing a compound represented by formula (1);
A 1 and A 2 each independently represent a cyclic structure;
B 1 and B 2 each independently represent O, S, or a group represented by formula (B-1);
C 1 represents a fused ring structure or a 6- or more-membered monocyclic ring structure;
R B1 and R B2 may be bonded to form a ring.
A1およびA2は、それぞれ独立して、環状構造を表し、
B1およびB2は、それぞれ独立して、O、Sまたは式(B-1)で表される基を表す;
C1は、縮合環構造、または、6員環以上の単環の環状構造を表す;
RB1とRB2は結合して環を形成していてもよい。 A compound represented by formula (1);
A 1 and A 2 each independently represent a cyclic structure;
B 1 and B 2 each independently represent O, S, or a group represented by formula (B-1);
C 1 represents a fused ring structure or a 6- or more-membered monocyclic ring structure;
R B1 and R B2 may be bonded to form a ring.
Priority Applications (1)
| Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
|---|---|---|---|
| JP2025501054A JPWO2024171841A1 (en) | 2023-02-16 | 2024-02-02 |
Applications Claiming Priority (2)
| Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
|---|---|---|---|
| JP2023022418 | 2023-02-16 | ||
| JP2023-022418 | 2023-02-16 |
Publications (1)
| Publication Number | Publication Date |
|---|---|
| WO2024171841A1 true WO2024171841A1 (en) | 2024-08-22 |
Family
ID=92421647
Family Applications (1)
| Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
|---|---|---|---|
| PCT/JP2024/003390 Ceased WO2024171841A1 (en) | 2023-02-16 | 2024-02-02 | Coloring composition, film, optical filter, solid-state imaging element, image display device, and compound |
Country Status (3)
| Country | Link |
|---|---|
| JP (1) | JPWO2024171841A1 (en) |
| TW (1) | TW202434546A (en) |
| WO (1) | WO2024171841A1 (en) |
Citations (6)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| JPS6042706A (en) * | 1983-08-18 | 1985-03-07 | Canon Inc | color filter |
| JPH1081833A (en) * | 1996-06-04 | 1998-03-31 | Bayer Ag | Isoindoleninamide dye |
| JP2006513295A (en) * | 2003-01-21 | 2006-04-20 | クラリアント・ゲーエムベーハー | β-isoindigo colorant |
| KR20120009706A (en) * | 2010-07-20 | 2012-02-02 | 가톨릭대학교 산학협력단 | Pigment compound, pigment dispersion containing the same, color filter using the same and image sensor using the same |
| JP2012515240A (en) * | 2009-01-19 | 2012-07-05 | ビーエーエスエフ ソシエタス・ヨーロピア | Black pigment dispersion |
| WO2022065490A1 (en) * | 2020-09-28 | 2022-03-31 | 三菱ケミカル株式会社 | Photosensitive coloring composition, cured product, organic electroluminescent element, and image display device |
-
2024
- 2024-02-02 JP JP2025501054A patent/JPWO2024171841A1/ja active Pending
- 2024-02-02 WO PCT/JP2024/003390 patent/WO2024171841A1/en not_active Ceased
- 2024-02-06 TW TW113104565A patent/TW202434546A/en unknown
Patent Citations (6)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| JPS6042706A (en) * | 1983-08-18 | 1985-03-07 | Canon Inc | color filter |
| JPH1081833A (en) * | 1996-06-04 | 1998-03-31 | Bayer Ag | Isoindoleninamide dye |
| JP2006513295A (en) * | 2003-01-21 | 2006-04-20 | クラリアント・ゲーエムベーハー | β-isoindigo colorant |
| JP2012515240A (en) * | 2009-01-19 | 2012-07-05 | ビーエーエスエフ ソシエタス・ヨーロピア | Black pigment dispersion |
| KR20120009706A (en) * | 2010-07-20 | 2012-02-02 | 가톨릭대학교 산학협력단 | Pigment compound, pigment dispersion containing the same, color filter using the same and image sensor using the same |
| WO2022065490A1 (en) * | 2020-09-28 | 2022-03-31 | 三菱ケミカル株式会社 | Photosensitive coloring composition, cured product, organic electroluminescent element, and image display device |
Also Published As
| Publication number | Publication date |
|---|---|
| TW202434546A (en) | 2024-09-01 |
| JPWO2024171841A1 (en) | 2024-08-22 |
Similar Documents
| Publication | Publication Date | Title |
|---|---|---|
| WO2024190447A1 (en) | Coloring composition, film, color filter, solid-state imaging element, and image display device | |
| WO2024024508A1 (en) | Composition, film, optical filter, solid state imaging device, image display device, infrared radiation sensor, and method for producing camera module | |
| WO2024171841A1 (en) | Coloring composition, film, optical filter, solid-state imaging element, image display device, and compound | |
| WO2024166734A1 (en) | Colored composition, film, optical filter, solid-state imaging element, image display device, and compound | |
| WO2024171839A1 (en) | Coloring composition, film, optical filter, solid-state imaging element and image display device | |
| WO2024171840A1 (en) | Coloring composition, film, optical filter, solid-state imaging element, image display device, and compound | |
| WO2024070695A1 (en) | Colored composition, film, optical filter, solid imaging element, and image display device | |
| WO2024262354A1 (en) | Coloring composition, film, optical filter, solid-state imaging element and image display device | |
| WO2024262355A1 (en) | Colored composition, film, optical filter, solid-state imaging element, and image display device | |
| WO2024190446A1 (en) | Resin composition, film, optical filter, solid-state imaging element, and image display device | |
| WO2024262356A1 (en) | Coloring composition, film, optical filter, solid-state imaging element, and image display device | |
| WO2024048337A1 (en) | Coloring composition, film, optical filter, solid-state imaging element, and image display device | |
| WO2024058001A1 (en) | Coloring composition, film, optical filter, solid-state imaging element, image display device, and compound | |
| WO2024128043A1 (en) | Color filter manufacturing method and solid-state imaging element manufacturing method | |
| WO2024128044A1 (en) | Color filter manufacturing method and solid-state imaging element manufacturing method | |
| WO2024043147A1 (en) | Coloring composition, film, optical filter, solid-state imaging element and image display device | |
| KR20250168437A (en) | Coloring compositions, films, optical filters, solid-state imaging devices and image display devices | |
| WO2025013624A1 (en) | Resin composition, film, optical filter, solid-state imaging element, and image display device | |
| WO2024018910A1 (en) | Coloring composition, film, optical filter, solid-state imaging element, image display device and coloring agent | |
| WO2024181118A1 (en) | Resin composition, film, optical filter, solid-state imaging element, and image display device | |
| WO2025121175A1 (en) | Composition, film, optical filter, solid-state imaging element, and image display device | |
| WO2025121174A1 (en) | Composition, film, optical filter, solid-state imaging element, and image display device | |
| KR20250168430A (en) | Curable composition, method for producing pixels, films, optical filters, solid-state imaging devices and image display devices | |
| WO2024237133A1 (en) | Curable composition, method for producing pixel, film, optical filter, solid-state imaging element, and image display device | |
| WO2024262339A1 (en) | Composition, film, optical filter, solid-state imaging element, image display device, infrared sensor, camera module, and compound |
Legal Events
| Date | Code | Title | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| 121 | Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application |
Ref document number: 24756691 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |
|
| ENP | Entry into the national phase |
Ref document number: 2025501054 Country of ref document: JP Kind code of ref document: A |
|
| WWE | Wipo information: entry into national phase |
Ref document number: 2025501054 Country of ref document: JP |
|
| NENP | Non-entry into the national phase |
Ref country code: DE |